271
2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013 “THE WARRIOR’S CHOICE” COL Scott St. Sauver, Post Commander Camp Ripley Training Center 15000 Highway 115 Little Falls, MN 56345-4173 Camp Ripley Training Center 2013 Range Operations

Camp Ripley Training Center 2013 CRTC Range … · Camp Ripley Training Center 2013 Range ... set forth by AR 385-63, DA Pamphlet 385-63, NGR 385-63, AR ... Regulation changed to

  • Upload
    buikhue

  • View
    218

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

“THE WARRIOR’S CHOICE”

COL Scott St. Sauver, Post Commander

Camp Ripley Training Center

15000 Highway 115

Little Falls, MN 56345-4173

Camp Ripley Training Center

2013 Range Operations

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

State of Minnesota Department of Military Affairs

CAMP RIPLEY TRAINING CENTER Camp Ripley Little Falls, MN 56345

Appendix 1 Range Operations (Range Regulation) TO ANNEX A Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation. This Appendix is a summary of policies and procedures set forth by AR 385-63, DA Pamphlet 385-63, NGR 385-63, AR 385-64, DA Pamphlet 385-64, AR 210-10, TC 25-8, and any other Regulations pertaining to the use and operation of the Field Training Area, Live-Fire ranges, Non-Live Fire ranges, and ammunition usage in the Installation. All persons entering the Field Training Area are subject to the regulations set forth in this document. Violations of this Regulation by persons subject to the Uniform Code of Military Justice will be prosecuted there under. Any other persons who violate this Regulation may be prosecuted by administrative action by the Installation Commander or other appropriate military or civilian authority. Scott A. St. Sauver Colonel, FA, MNARNG Post Commander Dated: 19 July 2013

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

i

2013 Range Operations Summary of Changes o All changes to the below chapters is per the DA PAM 385-63 to reflect the same chapters o Chapter 3 Ammunition of the 2012 Draft Range Control Regulation moved to Chapter 2, 2.7 AMMUNITION AND EXPLOSIVE ITEMS ON RANGES o Chapter 3 Ammunition of the 2012 Draft Range Control Regulation changed to Chapter 3 Danger Zones o Chapter 4 Firing of the 2012 Draft Range Control Regulation changed to Chapter 4 Small Arms o Chapter 5 Targets of the 2012 Draft Range Control Regulation changed to Chapter 5 Hand Grenades and Grenade Launchers o Chapter 6 Small Arms and Machine Guns of the 2012 Draft Range Control Regulation changed to Chapter 6 Antitank Rockets o Chapter 7 Grenades and Grenade Launchers of the 2012 Draft Range Control Regulation changed to Chapter 7 Antitank Guided Missiles o Chapter 8 Antitank Rockets of the 2012 Draft Range Control Regulation changed to Chapter 8 Tank/Fighting Vehicle Gunnery o Chapter 11 Tanks and Bradley Fighting Vehicle (BFV) Gunnery of the 2012 Draft Range Control Regulation changed to Chapter 11 Aviation Range Safety – Aerial Gunnery o Chapter 12 Aerial Gunnery of the 2012 Draft Range Control Regulation changed to Chapter 12 Air Defense Artillery Weapon System o Chapter 13 Air Defense Weapons of the 2012 Draft Range Control Regulation changed to Chapter 13 Chemical Agents and Smoke o Chapter 14 Guided Missiles of the 2012 Draft Range Control Regulation changed to Chapter 14 Non-Lethal Weapons o Chapter 15 Chemical Agents, Smoke and Aircraft Spray of the 2012 Draft Range Control Regulation changed to Chapter 15 Mines, Firing Devices, Trip Flares, Simulators, and Explosive Charges o Chapter 16 Mines, Firing Devices, Trip Flares, Simulators, and Explosive Charges of the 2012 Draft Range Control Regulation changed to Chapter 16 Laser Range Safety o Chapter 17 Lasers of the 2012 Draft Range Control Regulation changed to Chapter 12 Live-Fire Exercises o Chapter 18 Live-Fire Exercises of the 2012 Draft Range Control Regulation changed to Chapter 18 Environmental Management o Added: NOTE: The use of digital media for FMs/TMs are AUTHORIZED as long as you have access to keep your device charged and you are able to pull up the material/media anytime. (1.1.4) o Change: For commanders of field artillery, mortar, and MLRS battalions or indirect fire will establish and maintain safety training and certification program to train and qualify personnel in safety procedures for their specific areas of responsibility. Personnel who have not completed annual certification training will NOT be appointed as an OIC or RSO. (1.3.7, b)) o Change: Officers who have not completed their branch qualification course will not be able to OIC or RSO FA, mortar, MLRS or indirect fire ranges. (1.3.7, c))

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

ii

o Change: All Military Units and Civilian Lessees WILL order Portable Toilets from the Supply and Services Warehouse at (320) 632-3128 for all activities scheduled in the field training area, except for those ranges that have a classroom with latrine facilities in them. Any outside structured latrine will not be utilized for Environmental reasons and pending deconstruction. (1.7.8) o Added: NOTE: All activities for use as an assembly area or bivouac site in the Field Training Area are considered un-authorized without an approved usage request (RFMSS Reservation) from Post Operations and/or Range Control. (1.7.9) o Added: NOTE: All Non-Tactical Vehicles MUST obtain a Range Control Vehicle Pass prior to entering the Field Training Area and unmarked GSA’s are required to stop at RC also and obtain a vehicle pass. Gov’t plates are not considered a marked vehicle. These vehicles MUST clear the Field Training Area prior to the hours of darkness (prior to the need to turn on headlights), unless they are supporting range operations or bivouac site, or in possession of a signed and approved Camping Request. (1.8.3) o Change: NOTE: When passing troops or anyone on the side of the road, SLOW DOWN to 10 MPH. (1.9.2) o Added: Convoy/Road Marches information for downrange operations (1.14) o Added: NOTE: For all established ranges a copy of the SDZ will be in the range packet you sign for at Range Control and for unestablished ranges you will need to obtain an approved copy of the SDZ that has been verified prior to opening. (3.1.2) o NOTE: The batwing will be considered when designing or conducting training on ranges that involve fire and movement, fire and maneuver, flanking fire, and/or when ricochet hazards outside the range boundary may endanger nonparticipating personnel. Decision on the use of batwing will be based on level of risk and approval of appropriate command risk acceptance authority. An Exception to Policy memo will be submitted to Range Control to be verified and sent through channels for approval by the Camp Ripley Post Commander. (per DA Pam 385-63, para 4-1c) (4.1.2, e)) o Procedural and administrative changes to Chapter 9 Mortars and Chapter 10 Artillery o NOTE: Red smoke and Red Star Clusters are not necessarily used for emergency situations and can be used for training. (13.1.1) o Added: NOTE: The use of NLW/Less-Lethal Weapons are required to use the range control BLANKS/SIMUNITIONS/LESS-LETHAL RANGES OPENING/CLOSING CHECKLIST. (14.2.1) o Added: Supply and Services (3128) issue the PVC piping for waste water disposal drain field. (18.4.2) o Change: Unestablished Water points used by units not hauling their potable water off site must also follow the same approval procedures. However, environmental standards for locating these water points will limit water points of this nature. The standards include a 100 meter setback from lakes, streams, wetlands, and historic sites. Furthermore, wastewater discharge must be mixed with purified water to it’s original concentration and shall be applied to land surface using the plastic drain field pipe. (18.4.3) o Change: Crow Wing River site (UM 939283) is a permanent, self-sufficient electrical pump operated potable water point. This site is used to draw water only. (18.4.5) o Change: It is illegal to transport unpurified water (filtered 40 microns or greater) from infested waters, Mississippi and Crow Wing Rivers, except by DNR permit. (18.4.7) o Change: Ensuring that equipment is clean is critical to limiting the spread of invasive species. Any equipment used to treat Mississippi or Crow Wing River water must be treated by one of the following means prior to use in another water body: (18.4.7) o Change: d) Fire danger status will be posted on a sign immediately adjacent to E gate outside the Range Control Office. It will also be posted on the Range Bulletin. (18.5.3, d)

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

iii

o Added: FIRE DANGER CODE description table for Green, Yellow, and Red. (18.5.3) o Change: d) A continuous berm, surrounding the storage site, will be constructed using on-site soils. The dimensions of the bermed area should not be less than the total capacity of the fuel storage bladder located within the area. The bermed area must be lined with an impervious material to act as a secondary containment, in case of any failure or seepage from the storage container. This material is issued through the Logistics Division, Camp Ripley, (320) 616-3128/3130. (18.8.2, d)) o Change: e) The area designated for conveying the fuel (i.e., hoses, piping, etc.) must be underlain with an impermeable liner. (18.8.2, e)) o Moved SUSPENSE Dates from the beginning to end of Range Regulation labeled TAB L, Suspense Dates. o Moved Observation Point information to Chapter 1, 1.16. o Added to Table 1-1 CRTC OIC/RSO requirements for Snipers, and Reflexive fire training events. (moved to TAB K Range Control Tables) o Change: Updated MEDICAL REQUIREMENTS; Range Control Table Medical Requirements moved to TAB L, Range Control Tables. o Removed forms from within the chapters and put them in TAB J Range Control Forms o Removed Authorized White Light Road Map from Chapter 1 and put it in TAB I Authorized White Light Road Map o Removed from Chapter 1, Access to the ranges and field training areas, the use of ATV’s in training areas and use personally owned weapons. Referenced in Camp Ripley Regulation o Removed from Chapter 9 Mortars and Chapter 10 Artillery observation point information. o Removed from Chapter 9 Mortars and Chapter 10 Artillery Declinations. Moved Declinations to TAB K Range Control Tables. o Change: Updated Chapter 10 Artillery HINE & LINE MACS charge allowance and High Angle Restriction o Removed from Chapter 18, Environmental: Tick-borne diseases, Fuel wood cutting permits, spill procedures, and chemical latrines. Referenced in Camp Ripley Regulation o makes administrative changes (throughout)

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

iv

Table of Contents CHAPTER 1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................... 1

1.1 PURPOSE ........................................................................................................................................... 1 1.2 RANGE SAFETY CERTIFICATION PROGRAM ................................................................................ 1 1.3 RESPONSIBILITIES ........................................................................................................................... 1 1.4 RISK MANAGEMENT - SAFETY ........................................................................................................ 5 1.5 ACCIDENT/INCIDENT REPORTING ................................................................................................. 5 1.6 MEDICAL REQUIREMENTS .............................................................................................................. 5 1.7 REQUESTING RANGES AND TRAINING AREAS ............................................................................ 6 1.8 ACCESS TO THE RANGES AND FIELD TRAINING AREA .............................................................. 6 1.9 SPEED LIMIT ENFORCEMENT ......................................................................................................... 7 1.10 WHITE LIGHT USAGE POLICY ....................................................................................................... 7 1.11 PRIVATELY OWNED VEHICLES (POVS) ....................................................................................... 7 1.12 FISHING ........................................................................................................................................... 8 1.13 USE OF FIELD TRAINING AREAS .................................................................................................. 8 1.14 CONVOY/ROAD MARCHES ............................................................................................................ 8 1.15 COMMUNICATIONS ......................................................................................................................... 9 1.16 OBSERVATION POINTS (OPS) ..................................................................................................... 10 1.17 OE 254 ANTENNAS ....................................................................................................................... 10 1.18 SEVERE WEATHER ....................................................................................................................... 11 1.19 MAPS .............................................................................................................................................. 11

CHAPTER 2 RANGES ............................................................................................................................... 12 2.1 RESTRICTING ACCESS TO IMPACT AREAS ................................................................................ 12 2.2 WARNING SIGNS, BARRIERS, MARKERS, AND FLAGS ............................................................. 12 2.3 RANGE USE BY NON-MILITARY/CIVILIAN AGENCIES ................................................................ 12 2.4 COORDINATING USE OF SPECIAL AIRSPACE ............................................................................ 13 2.5 UAS OPERATIONS .......................................................................................................................... 14 2.6 COORDINATING USE OF NAVIGABLE WATERWAYS ................................................................. 14 2.7 AMMUNITION AND EXPLOSIVE ITEMS ON RANGES .................................................................. 15 2.8 MISFIRE PROCEDURES/REPORTING ........................................................................................... 16 2.9 UNEXPLODED ORDNANCE (UXO) REPORTING .......................................................................... 16 2.10 DISPOSITION OF AMMUNTION AND EXPLOSIVES INVOLVED IN MALFUNCTIONS AND ACCIDENTS ............................................................................................................................................ 17 2.11 AMMUNITION TURN-IN PROCEDURES ....................................................................................... 17 2.12 RANGE PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS .......................................... 18 2.13 RANGE TARGETS ......................................................................................................................... 19

CHAPTER 3 DANGER ZONES .................................................................................................................. 20 3.1 GENERAL ......................................................................................................................................... 20 3.2 AUTHORIZATION FOR PERSONNEL WITHIN DANGER ZONES ................................................. 20

CHAPTER 4 SMALL ARMS & MACHINE GUNS ...................................................................................... 21 4.1 FIRING CONDITIONS ...................................................................................................................... 21 4.2 OVERHEAD FIRE ............................................................................................................................. 21 4.3 FLANKING FIRE ............................................................................................................................... 22 4.4 BLANK AMMUNITION ...................................................................................................................... 22 4.5 MACHINE GUNS .............................................................................................................................. 22 4.6 UNESTABLISHED RANGES ............................................................................................................ 23 4.7 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION .......................................................................................................... 23 4.8 REFERENCES .................................................................................................................................. 23

CHAPTER 5 GRENADES AND GRENADE LAUNCHERS ....................................................................... 24 5.1 HAND GRENADES ........................................................................................................................... 24 5.2 HAND GRENADE RANGE (HGR) (LIVE GRENADE FAMILIARIZATION) ..................................... 24 5.3 GRENADE LAUNCERS AND GRENADE MACHINE GUNS ........................................................... 25 5.4 REFERENCES .................................................................................................................................. 25

CHAPTER 6 ANTITANK ROCKETS .......................................................................................................... 26 6.1 FIRING CONDITIONS ...................................................................................................................... 26 6.2 REFERENCES ................................................................................................................................. 26

CHAPTER 7 ANTITANK GUIDED MISSILES ........................................................................................... 27 7.1 TOW MISSILES ................................................................................................................................ 27 7.2 DRAGON ........................................................................................................................................... 27

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

v

7.3 JAVELIN ............................................................................................................................................ 28 7.4 REFERENCES .................................................................................................................................. 28

CHAPTER 8 TANK/FIGHTING VEHICLE GUNNERY ............................................................................... 29 8.1 GENERAL ........................................................................................................................................ 29 8.2 TANK/BFV FIRING CONDITIONS .................................................................................................... 29 8.3 M250/257 SMOKE GRENADE LAUNCHERS .................................................................................. 29 8.4 WEAPONS EFFECT SIGNATURE SIMULATOR (HOFFMAN DEVICE) ......................................... 30 8.5 HAZARDOUS IMPULSE EXPOSURE .............................................................................................. 30 8.6 FIRING VEHICLE STATUS DESIGNATIONS .................................................................................. 30 8.7 CLOSE SUPPORT OF GROUND PERSONNEL IN LIVE-FIRE EXERCISES ................................ 30 8.8 AUTOMATED TOWER RADIO FREQUENCIES .............................................................................. 30 8.9 REFERENCES .................................................................................................................................. 30

CHAPTER 9 MORTARS ............................................................................................................................. 31 9.1 FIRING CONDITIONS ..................................................................................................................... 31 9.2 MORTAR FIRE CONTROL SYSTEM (MFCS) GUNNERY .............................................................. 32 9.3 HIP-SHOOT FIRE MISSIONS .......................................................................................................... 32 9.4 SURFACE DANGER ZONES ........................................................................................................... 32 9.5 REFERENCES .................................................................................................................................. 32

CHAPTER 10 ARTILLERY ......................................................................................................................... 33 10.1 FIRING CONDITIONS – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ................................................................ 33 10.2 FIRING ARTILLERY CANNON – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ................................................... 33 10.3 FIELD ARTILLERY CANNON SURFACE DANGER ZONE .......................................................... 34 10.4 NON-ESTABLISHED FIRING POINT PROGRAM ......................................................................... 34 10.5 DIRECT FIRE SAFETY ................................................................................................................... 35 10.6 PALADIN AND ALL TOWED HOWITZERS .................................................................................... 35 10.7 MULTIPLE LAUNCH ROCKET SYSTEM (MLRS) ......................................................................... 35 10.8 RESTRICTIONS ON FIRING WHITE PHOSPHORUS .................................................................. 36 10.9 REFERENCES ................................................................................................................................ 36

CHAPTER 11 AVIATION RANGE SAFETY – AERIAL GUNNERY.......................................................... 37 11.1 GENERAL INFORMATION ............................................................................................................. 37 11.2 FIRING OPERATIONS – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ................................................................ 37 11.3 FIRING CONDITIONS – GENERAL PROCEDURES..................................................................... 37 11.4 GUNNERY OPERATIONS .............................................................................................................. 38 11.5 REFERENCES ................................................................................................................................ 38

CHAPTER 12 AIR DEFENSE ARTILLERY WEAPON SYSTEMS ............................................................ 39 12.1 GENERAL INFORMATION ............................................................................................................. 39 12.2 AIR DEFENSE RADIO CONTROLLED MINIATURE AERIAL TARGET (RCMAT) ....................... 39 12.3 REFERENCES ................................................................................................................................ 39

CHAPTER 13 CHEMICAL AGENTS, SMOKE, AND AIRCRAFT SPRAY ............................................... 40 13.1 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................................... 40 13.2 RIOT CONTROL AGENTS ............................................................................................................. 40 13.3 SMOKE ........................................................................................................................................... 41 13.4 SMOKE POTS................................................................................................................................. 41 13.5 AIRCRAFT SPRAY ......................................................................................................................... 41 13.6 REFERENCES ................................................................................................................................ 41

CHAPTER 14 NON-LETHAL WEAPONS .................................................................................................. 42 14.1 DEFINITION .................................................................................................................................... 42 14.2 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................................... 42 14.3 REFERENCES ................................................................................................................................ 43

CHAPTER 15 MINES, FIRING DEVICES, TRIP FLARES, SIMULATORS, AND EXPLOSIVE CHARGES .................................................................................................................................................. 44

15.1 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................................... 44 15.2 DEMOLITIONS AND EXPLOSIVES ............................................................................................... 45 15.3 FIRING DEVICES ........................................................................................................................... 45 15.4 SHAPED CHARGES ....................................................................................................................... 46 15.5 BANGALORE TORPEDOES .......................................................................................................... 46 15.6 MINE-CLEARING LINE CHARGE (MICLIC) .................................................................................. 46 15.7 CRATERING CHARGES ................................................................................................................ 46 15.8 MINES ............................................................................................................................................. 46 15.9 TRIP FLARES (M48 AND M49) ...................................................................................................... 47

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

vi

15.10 SIMULATORS ............................................................................................................................... 47 15.11 LIVE FIRE EXERCISE BREACH FACILITY ................................................................................. 48 15.12 REFERENCES .............................................................................................................................. 48

CHAPTER 16 LASER RANGE SAFETY ................................................................................................... 49 16.1 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................................... 49 16.2 PRECAUTIONS FOR LASER DEVICES ........................................................................................ 49 16.3 FIRING CONDITIONS .................................................................................................................... 49 16.4 FORCE ON FORCE EXERCISES .................................................................................................. 50 16.5 REFERENCES ................................................................................................................................ 50

CHAPTER 17 LIVE FIRE EXERCISES ...................................................................................................... 51 17.1 SAFETY DURING LIVE-FIRE EXERCISES ................................................................................... 51 17.2 INFORMATION FOR COMMANDERS ........................................................................................... 51 17.3 EXERCISE TRAINING .................................................................................................................... 51 17.4 FIRING PRECAUTIONS ................................................................................................................. 52 17.5 FIRE CONTROL ............................................................................................................................. 53 17.6 MANEUVER IN TEMPORARY IMPACT AREAS ........................................................................... 54 17.7 AIR SUPPORT ................................................................................................................................ 54 17.8 TRAINING UNIT’S RESPONSIBILITIES ........................................................................................ 54 17.9 RANGE CONTROL’S RESPONSIBILITIES ................................................................................... 55 17.10 CHANGES IN LFX/CALFEX SCENARIOS ................................................................................... 55 17.11 INFANTRY PLATOON BATTLE COURSE (IPBC) ....................................................................... 55 17.12 CONVOY LIVE FIRE EXERCISE (LFX) ....................................................................................... 55 17.13 REFERENCES .............................................................................................................................. 56

CHAPTER 18 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT .................................................................................. 57 18.1 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................................... 57 18.2 LIMITED USE AREAS .................................................................................................................... 57 18.3 RESTRICTIONS ON FIRING WHITE PHOSPHORUS .................................................................. 57 18.4 FIELD WATER POINTS .................................................................................................................. 57 18.5 FIRE CONTROL PROCEDURES ................................................................................................... 58 18.6 HISTORICAL PRESERVATION ..................................................................................................... 58 18.7 NOISE MONITORING ..................................................................................................................... 58 18.8 FIELD FUEL STORAGE/BLADDERS ............................................................................................. 59 18.9 MOBILE POL DISTRIBUTION POINTS ......................................................................................... 59 18.10 MECHANICAL DIGGING .............................................................................................................. 59 18.11 VEGETATION ............................................................................................................................... 60 TAB A RANGE DESCRIPTIONS TAB B RISK MANAGEMENT TAB C ACCIDENT AND INCIDENT REPORTING TAB D RANGE CONTROL CONTACT INFORMATION / EMERGENCY INFO TAB E ZULU MAST MAP TAB F IMPROVED LANDING AREAS MAP TAB G TRAINING AREA MAPS TAB H DROP ZONES TAB I AUTHORIZED WHITE LIGHT ROAD MAP TAB J RANGE CONTROL FORMS TAB K RANGE CONTROL TABLES TAB L SUSPENSE DATES TAB M RANGE CONTROL EQUIPMENT SUPPORT

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

1

Chapter 1 General 1.1 PURPOSE: The purpose of this regulation is to provide guidance for maximum realistic combat readiness training. To provide guidance for the proper use of available terrain and facilities down range on Camp Ripley, consistent with appropriate safety measures to prevent injury to personnel or damage to property.

1.1.1 The Camp Ripley Range Operations Appendix is published to establish safe, uniform policies and procedures applicable to the proper use of range facilities and training areas on this installation.

1.1.2 The provisions of this appendix apply to all personnel, military or civilian, utilizing or occupying any portion of the field training areas, to include airspace, within the installation boundaries. Personnel utilizing any range training facility must comply with this publication, and become familiar with AR 385-63 Range Safety, DA Pamphlet 385-63 Range Safety, AR 385-64 U.S. Army Explosives Safety Program, and DA Pamphlet 385-64 Ammunition and Explosives Safety Standards.

1.1.3 NOTE: Any unit, person, organization, agency, or club that willfully violates a policy or procedure included in this regulation or any of the referenced publications below will be suspended from installation training and/or punished under the Uniform Code of Military Justice (UCMJ) or Minnesota Statutes.

1.1.4 NOTE: The use of digital media for FMs/TMs are AUTHORIZED as long as you have access to keep your device charged and you are able to pull up the material/media anytime. 1.2 RANGE SAFETY CERTIFICATION PROGRAM: Range safety certification programs will be used to train, qualify personnel in the duties of Officer-in- Charge (OIC), and Range Safety Officer (RSO) for firing exercises and maneuver operations. Sample weapon tests can be obtained from Range Control, or from the Range Control MN Sharepoint Portal page, http://ngmnsp2010/CRTC/OPS/Range/default.aspx, or non-MNARNG units can contact Range Control.

1.2.1 Range Safety Certification Programs will be integrated into organizational training. 1.2.2 Once satisfied through training and testing that individuals are qualified to perform the duties of

OIC and RSO of the firing unit, battalion/squadron commanders (O-5 or O-4P) utilizing the Weapon Safety Certification Memorandum (see TAB J) will forward their names to range control for appropriate action. This certification stated on the Weapon Safety Certification is valid for 1 (one) year.

1.2.3 NOTE: Units not having a Battalion/Squadron Commander must obtain certification from

an O-5/O-4 (P) in an O-5 command position or higher, within their chain of command. 1.2.4 The Range Control Officer (RCO) will provide personnel designated as OICs and RSOs a range

safety briefing on the use of the training complex as part of their certification. The briefing is valid for a period of 90 (ninety) days.

1.2.5 The RCO and his range control staff will monitor the effectiveness of the range safety certification programs for OICs and RSOs.

1.2.6 The RCO has authority to revoke certification of any OIC or RSO for violating the requirements of AR 385-63, DAM 385-63, or this regulation.

1.2.7 GUIDELINES FOR BATTALION SAFETY CERTIFICATION PROGRAMS: Battalion Safety Certification Programs will be used to train and certify personnel in the duties of OIC and RSO for firing exercises and/or maneuver operations. Sample weapon tests can be obtained from Range Control, or from the Range Control MN SharePoint Portal page, http://ngmnsp2010/CRTC/OPS/Range/default.aspx, or non-MNARNG units can contact Range Control.

a) Battalion Safety Certification Programs will be integrated into unit gunnery training programs, combining the unique individual needs of the units concerned.

b) Once all requirements of the Battalion Safety Program are met, the BN/SQDN CDR (O-5 or O-4P) will certify the OICs and RSOs utilizing the Weapon Safety Certification Memorandum (see TAB J). This certification is valid for 1 (one) year. A copy must be sent to Range Control.

c) Prior to range operations, personnel designated as OIC and RSO will receive a Range Safety Briefing from Range Control. This briefing is valid for a period of ninety days. 1-3 RESPONSIBILITIES: Commanders of units and activities will comply with guidelines established in AR 385-63, DA Pam 385-63, and this publication, regarding the functions of appropriate and safe range operation. The following is a list of personnel, and their responsibilities, for safe operation of the ranges and field training areas.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

2

1.3.1 The Installation/Post Commander Command and operate the training center effectively, safely, and IAW applicable laws and regulations.

a) Organize training center support activities and establish management procedures IAW current regulations.

b) Develop and forward through command channels appropriate requests for deviation from the standardized organization and functional alignments prescribed by this SOP.

c) Ensure training center staff, civilian and military receive appropriate training. Ensure adequate resources are provided to guarantee continual effective operation of the training center.

1.3.2 Installation Operations Officer a) Serves as the unit’s initial POC for all information relating to Camp Ripley. b) Serves as the POC for all scheduling activities. c) Represents the Post Commander in all matters pertaining to the control and access of ranges and

training areas. d) Is the Post Incident Control Officer.

1.3.3 Installation Safety Manager a) Provide oversight responsibility for all range safety matters b) Investigate or ensure range accidents are investigated by the appropriate command level. c) Review all nonstandard range and training activities, to include the user-provided RM

documentation for those activities with high or extremely high residual risk. d) Review and make recommendations regarding the conduct of overhead fire. e) Investigate and report AE accidents, IAW DoD 6055/9-STD and AR 385-10. f) Coordinate AE safety program requirements with tentat unit Commanders.

1.3.4 Installation Range Control Officer a) Serves as the central point for control and coordination of all activities conducted within the

installation training complex to ensure safety and unified operations. b) Withdraws or suspends installation training complex privileges from any person, organization,

agency, or club that willfully violates regulations and/or procedures listed in DA Pamphlet 385-63 or this regulation; or from any person whose ability or conduct is incompatible with the safe use of government range structures and facilities.

c) Responsible for providing safe training environments by ensuring all aerial and surface danger zones are identified, and all control measures are employed.

d) Publishes a Range Bulletin for Camp Ripley at least 24 hours prior to any scheduled firing. The Range Bulletin is available at Range Control, Bldg. 24-199, and at the Camp Ripley Operations Office, Bldg. 11-1. The Range Bulletins are also available for MNARNG units ONLY in the CRTC Range Control SharePoint site at: http://ngmnsp2010/CRTC/OPS/Range/default.aspx. It will include the following items:

1) Where firing is going to be conducted. 2) The scheduled time firing begins and ends each day. 3) The boundaries of Weapon Surface Danger Zones (SDZ), Aerial Weapon and Air Drop Danger

Zones (ADZ), and UAS/SUAS Restricted Operations Zones (ROZ). 4) Displays and updates the following information: 5) Range Maps 6) Overlays 7) Firing Data 8) Opening and closing of field training areas, and bivouac sites. 9) SDZ, ADZ, and ROZ information for the current day, plus 72 hours following. 10) Monitors the following SINCGARS radio frequencies reserved exclusively for CRTC Range

Control: 11) Primary Frequency is 36.100 (Single Channel Plain Text) 12) Alternate Frequency is 36.900 (Single Channel Plain Text) 13) The RCO will monitor the effectiveness of safety programs for OICs and RSOs. 14) The RCO has authority to revoke certification of any OIC or RSO for violating the requirements

of AR 385-63, DA Pam 385-63, or this regulation. 1.3.5 Liaison Officer (during AT Periods only)

a) Using units will appoint a Liaison Officer (normally the S-3) to coordinate with Range Control and other training units.

b) Serves as unit POC for all activities in the field training area. c) The Liaison Officer represents the using units in all matters pertaining to range firing and training

area usage. d) The Liaison Officer will understand the responsibilities of, and will work closely with, the Training

Area Coordinator (TAC).

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

3

e) Attend the Range Control Annual Training Daily Coordination Meeting (held at 0800) to discuss resources and scheduled training. The Liaison Officer must be prepared to discuss training up to four days in advance.

1.3.6 Training Area Coordinator (TAC) a) The individual designated by the RCO for the opening and closing of training areas/bivouac sites,

and other assigned duties. b) Clears training areas and bivouac sites with the Liaison Officer, or other appointed personnel. c) Maintains a list of training areas and bivouac sites being used by organizations in the field. d) Maintains a list of restricted areas. e) Keeps activity and training area maps current at the RCO.

1.3.7 Battalion/Squadron Commanders a) Comply with the installation procedures for the certification of unit OICs, RSOs, and Laser Range

Safety Officers (LRSOs). b) For commanders of field artillery, mortar, and MLRS battalions or indirect fire will establish and

maintain safety training and certification program to train and qualify personnel in safety procedures for their specific areas of responsibility. Personnel who have not completed annual certification training will NOT be appointed as an OIC or RSO.

c) Officers who have not completed their branch qualification course will not be able to OIC or RSO FA, mortar, MLRS or indirect fire ranges.

d) Conduct risk management for all range operations. 1.3.8 Unit Commanders

a) Ensures compliance with DA Pamphlet 385-63, this Regulation, and any applicable TMs, FMs, FMFMs (Marine Corps), TCs, and SOPs for safe training and firing for each weapon system within the command.

b) Ensures that all personnel within the command are briefed on and comply with the installation range procedures and safety requirements, including the use of required personal protective equipment.

c) Designates an OIC and RSO for each firing and/or maneuver exercise in accordance with OIC and RSO Table 1-1, page 2. Officers that have not completed OBC and Warrant Officers that have not completed WOBC (unless they were at least an E-5 prior to commissioning), are not authorized to be OICs and RSOs on any Camp Ripley live-fire ranges.

d) Ensures that personnel performing the duties of OIC and RSO are certified IAW the established installation safety certification program.

e) Complies with the range safety certification program guidance for OICs and RSOs, to ensure that they are:

1) Competent and properly instructed in the performance of their duties. 2) Knowledgeable in the weapon systems for which they are held responsible and in safe

ammunition handling and use procedures. 3) Develops a SOP for laser operations, to include a provision for immediate medical attention for

personnel who incur eye or other overexposure to laser energy, and reporting laser overexposure incidents IAW AR 385-40, TB MED 524, MIL-HDBK 828A, and MCO 5104.1.

4) Applies risk management, and develops controls and procedures for all phases of training events.

1.3.9 Range Officer-in-Charge (OIC): Before commencing operations, training or firing, an OIC must meet grade/rank requirements of Table 1-1, TAB K and must be Weapon Safety Certified IAW paragraph 1.2.1.

a) Must attend a Range Safety Briefing at the Range Control Office prior to scheduled use of a range. The briefing is valid for a period of 90 days.

b) Confirms that the range/training area to be used is properly scheduled and verify that the particular firing to be conducted is permitted on the range or in the training area scheduled for use.

c) The only person authorized to open and close the range with Range Control. MUST be on the range at all times while the range is in an “Open” status.

d) Ensures that required communications are established and maintained. e) Will not be assigned any additional duties while the range is open. f) Ensures the overall safe conduct of training and proper use of the range. The ultimate

responsibility for safety rest with the OIC. g) Ensures that the RSO is physically present on the range at all times. h) Determines when it is safe to fire IAW applicable regulations and installation range requirements. i) Ensures proper supervision of personnel performing misfire, hang-fire, and cook-off procedures. j) Ensures safe laser operation k) Ensures that adequate medical support is available and they are properly equipped.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

4

l) Ensures that ammunition and explosives are properly handled, transported, stored, and accounted for within the training complex from the time of receipt to the time of expenditure or turn-in.

m) Ensures plans for firing exercises and maneuvers are coordinated with Range Control. n) Ensures control of the target areas to prohibit entry by unauthorized personnel. o) Ensures all ammunition malfunctions and accidents are reported to Range Control IAW AR 75-1

and AR 385-40. p) Ensures that Range Control has authorized the entrance of any civilian personnel into the training

complex. q) Ensuring that medical support and range personnel are familiar with air and ground medical

evacuation procedures in accordance with this regulation. The senior medical personnel of the range attends the range safety brief.

r) Briefs the RSO on the duties to be performed in support of the training event. Clearly establish the requirement for the RSO to brief the OIC on the safety of the range and the unit, and the readiness to commence live-fire operations prior to the start of firing.

s) Implements risk management in all phases of the training event. t) Posts the CRTC Range Bulletin in a prominent place that is accessible to all soldiers. u) upon completion of training exercises the OIC/Principle instructor or designated representative will:

1) Ensure that all weapons have been cleared of ammunition prior to removal from the firing line or problem area. It is mandatory that a shakedown inspection be conducted after all live fire ranges have completed their exercise.

2) Inspect the area and ensure that all explosive charges, booby trap materials, simulators and pyrotechnics emplaced but not used are removed and turned in to the Ammunition Supply Point (ASP). Explosives that cannot be removed will be detonated in place by Explosive Ordnance Demolition (EOD) personnel. The OIC or designated representative will remain on site until given approval by RC that they are clear and ok’d to leave the site.

3) Ensure compliance with Range Control’s Training and Range Area Clearance Procedures. (See 1.15 Clearance of Training Areas)

4) Ensure that unexpended ammunition, explosives or simulators are returned to the ASP. All misfires need to be turned in the ASP. Do not discard misfires down range for any reason. This creates a hazard (cook offs) to personnel in a fire situation.

1.3.10 Range Safety Officer (RSO) Before commencing operations, training or firing, an OIC must meet grade/rank requirements of Table 1-1 (See TAB K OIC/RSO Requirements) and must be Weapon Safety Certified IAW paragraph 1.2.1. The RSO must be physically present on the range prior to and during any firing. The RSO represents the OIC and is responsible for complying with appropriate safety publications, range regulations and adherence to these directives by all personnel participating in the conduct of range activities. The RSO will not be assigned additional duties, which hinder the accomplishment of his/her primary duty. In general, the RSO’s responsibilities include, but are not limited to:

a) Must attend a Range Safety Briefing at the Range Control Office prior to scheduled use of a range. The briefing is valid for a period of 90 days.

b) Being thoroughly indoctrinated in all the publications pertaining to the safety procedures for the range, weapons and ammunition to be used.

c) Ensures that weapons and personnel are properly positioned. d) Assuring that all personnel are briefed on the left and right limits for the range being fired and that

troops remain within the range boundaries. Brief all personnel to command “CEASE FIRE” if any unsafe situation occurs.

e) Ensures that only authorized ammunition and explosives, to include proper charge, fuze, and fuze settings are being used.

f) Ensures firing settings and weapons systems are within prescribed safety limits and are verified. g) Assuring that all required roadblocks, barriers or guards are in position and that the danger area is

clear of personnel and equipment prior to firing. h) Ensures that proper hearing and eye protection are being worn within the prescribed noise and

eye hazard areas. i) Prior to commencing live-fire operations, conducts final coordination with the OIC. This

coordination will include a summary of checks, inspections, and actions that the RSO has completed, and verifies that the required communications are established.

j) Orders an immediate cease-fire when any unsafe condition occurs. k) Reports all accidents, weapon malfunctions, and ammunition malfunctions to the range OIC. l) Verifies, upon completion of firing or firing order, to the OIC that all weapons and weapon systems

are clear and safe before allowing the removal of weapons from the firing area.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

5

m) Properly briefs Assistant Range Safety Officers ARSO(s) (Line Safeties) on their duties. ARSO’s duties does not relieve the RSO/OIC of their responsibilities.

1.3.11 Assistant Range Safety Officer(s) (ARSO) (Line Safeties): To maximize range operations efficiency, it is suggested that units plan to have one (1) ARSO (Line Safety) for every two (2) firing lanes. One ARSO (Line Safety) should not cover more than four (4) firing lanes.

a) Assist the RSO as directed by the OIC and/or RSO. Primary duty is to ensure that weapons are clear and on “Safe” when Firers enter and exit the Firing Line.

b) Are not required to be Weapon Safety Certified, or to attend the Range Control Safety Briefing. c) Must be knowledgeable on correct weapon misfire and malfunction procedures.

1.3.12 Medical Personnel: All military medical support personnel should be familiar with MEDCOM PAM 40-12.

a) The senior medical person from the organization will attend the Range Control Briefing during IDT. b) All medical personnel will attend a Range Control Briefing prior to their organization going down

range for AT. See TAB K for specific range Medical Support requirements. 1.4 RISK MANAGEMENT – SAFETY: The purpose of this section is not to replace regulations or SOP safety policies but to provide brief summary as a reminder to the Users of the Camp Ripley downrange training or operations, consistent with appropriate safety measures to prevent injury to personnel, damage to equipment and property.

1.4.1 Obtain the Range Bulleting for all off-limit areas or training sites to minimize interruptions or dangers to personnel downrange.

1.4.2 Impact Area and Unexploded Ordinance (UXO) Hazards – off limits to all personnel. Should you experience unexploded ordinance or duds DO NOT TOUCH!!! Notify Range Control, mark the UXO surrounding area and notify EOD personnel.

1.4.3 Risk management is a unit leadership responsibility (FM 5-19). Range Control personnel serve as an excellent resource to help identify trends and potential hazards.

1.4.4 An Initial SIGNED copy of an CRM/ORM MUST be submitted to Range Control NLT 90 days prior to the training event (i.e. live-fire, simunitions training, rappelling, water operations, and aerial operations).

a) Civilian agencies conducting training downrange will utilize the Composite Risk Management Worksheet DA Form 7566.

b) Sample Composite Risk Management Worksheet (DA Form 7566) Forms are provided in TAB B, also refer to FM 5-19, and GRAT https://safety.army.mil.

c) Medevac Procedure – See 1.6 1.5 ACCIDENT/INCIDENT REPORTING: All accidents/incidents will be reported in accordance with procedures outlined in AR 385-40 Accident Reporting and Records.

1.5.1 All accidents/incidents on any Camp Ripley range, or in the field training area, will be reported to Range Control immediately by SINCGARS radio (36.100 primary, 36.900 alternate), Motorola radio, or by telephone 320-616-3137/6026, utilizing the Range Accident/Incident Checklist (see TAB C) as a guide.

1.5.2 Malfunctions involving weapons, ammunition, and/or explosives will be reported in accordance with AR 75-1.

1.6 MEDICAL REQUIREMENTS

1.6.1 Medical Support a) Units/Civilian Agencies are responsible and required to have medical resources (personnel,

equipment and vehicles) for all live fire and non-live fire exercises. 1) Anything other than one required medical support on each range will need an exception of

policy submitted to range control. b) If the unit’s medical assets leave the range for any reason, all ranges WILL be placed in a cease-

fire status until the medical assets have returned. c) It is the responsibility of the patients’s parent agency/unit to transport non-emergency patients

from the range to the TMC or off post medical facility during training. 1.6.2 All MEDEVAC requests will be coordinated through Range Control. 1.6.3 REFER to TAB K Range Control Tables for requirements on Medical Support 1.6.4 NOTE: DO NOT CALL 911, CALL RANGE CONTROL

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

6

1.7 REQUESTING RANGES AND TRAINING AREAS: CRTC utilizes the Range Facility Management Support System (RFMSS) to schedule all Installation facilities and ranges.

1.7.1 For Inactive Duty Training (IDT): a) Units request use of ranges and training areas directly in RFMSS, or by submitting an ATS Form

23 to the Operations Office NLT 90 days prior to requested date. b) The Operations Office then reviews and confirms dates, and/or notifies the unit of any conflicts.

1.7.2 For Annual Training (AT): a) The BN Training Officer will send Annual Training requests to the Operations Office. b) Units will receive confirmation of the receipt of the request, and will be notified of any conflicts with

the request. c) Annual Training conflict resolutions will be made during the annual Camp Ripley AT Conference,

by the Operations RFMSS Scheduler as reservations are being entered into RFMSS, or during the daily (0800) Range Control Annual Training Coordination Meeting.

1.7.3 For ALL Un-Established ranges, DEMO ranges, and/or Live-Fire Exercises: OPLANS;

DEMO Plans with Wiring Diagrams; Target Scenarios; Target Matrices; Composite Risk Management Worksheet (DA Form 7566)s must be submitted to Range Control NLT 90 days prior to range usage.

1.7.4 NOTE: Units will not be able to add or change FIRING Ranges and/or Weapon Systems within 72 hours of range utilization. An Exception to Policy Memorandum must be submitted to Range Control by the BN S-3 for Change/Addition requests.

1.7.5 NOTE: No alcoholic beverages are permitted in the Field Training Area at any time, unless an Exception to Policy has been approved by the Operations Officer, for the consumption of alcohol at the defined Rest Areas, for morale and welfare purposes only. See sample in TAB J.

1.7.6 NOTE: Range Control personnel are authorized immediate access to all unit locations, training areas, and ranges without interference from using units. Range Control personnel will not interfere with training unless a safety violation is observed.

1.7.7 Units must ensure that they have the proper number and type of medical support personnel available to support their requested ranges. See TAB K for the Range Specific Medical Support Requirements table.

1.7.8 All Military Units and Civilian Lessees WILL order Portable Toilets from the Supply and

Services Warehouse at (320) 632-3128 for all activities scheduled in the field training area, except for those ranges that have a classroom with latrine facilities in them. Any outside structured latrine will not be utilized for Environmental reasons and pending deconstruction.

1.7.9 NOTE: All activities for use as an assembly area or bivouac site in the Field Training Area

are considered un-authorized without an approved usage request (RFMSS Reservation) from Post Operations and/or Range Control. 1.8 ACCESS TO THE RANGES AND FIELD TRAINING AREA

1.8.1 Field Training Area Access Gates are located at the following locations: D Chickamauga Road and Armor Trail UM 9395105457 E Range Control (NOT for use by tracked vehicles) UM 9542006908 F Ft. Ripley Road north of North Motor Pool Road UM 9417206306 G Normandy Road at County Road 1 UM 8450613526 H Enniskillen Road at County Road 1 UM 8609121578 I Yalu Road at Installation Boundary UM 8812731293 J Arno Road at County Road 1 UM 8639325168 L Ft Ripley Road and Armor Trail UM 9391305805 M Old Gravel Pit access at County Road 1 UM 8633123695

1.8.2 Keys required for all Gates listed above WILL be hand receipted from Range Control. Individual will fully understand that there is a $50.00 replacement cost for each key if key(s) are lost.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

7

1.8.3 NOTE: All Non-Tactical Vehicles MUST obtain a Range Control Vehicle Pass prior to entering the Field Training Area and unmarked GSA’s are required to stop at RC also and obtain a vehicle pass. Gov’t plates are not considered a marked vehicle. These vehicles MUST clear the Field Training Area prior to the hours of darkness (prior to the need to turn on headlights), unless they are supporting range operations or bivouac site, or in possession of a signed and approved Camping Request.

1.8.4 NOTE: During the Winter months ALL PERSONNEL, regardless of what type of vehicle they are operating, will stop in at Range Control to inform them about the purpose of the mission, route of travel, and destination of the vehicle(s) going down range.

1.8.5 Military Wheeled Vehicles main access down range is through E Gate at Range Control. 1.8.6 Military Tracked Vehicles

a) Will enter and exit the Field Training Area through gates D, F, or L only.

b) NOTE: Tracked vehicles will not operate in any recreational areas, or in the designated Winter Training Areas. 1.9 SPEED LIMIT ENFORCEMENT

1.9.1 Field Training Area: a) Daylight hours: 25 MPH MAXIMUM on all roads. b) Nighttime hours:

1) MSRs ONLY: 25 MPH MAXIMUM, with white lights 2) All other roads and trails: 15 MPH, with Blackout Drive

1.9.2 NOTE: When passing troops or anyone on the side of the road, SLOW DOWN to 10 MPH. 1.9.3 For any deviation in speed limit an Exception of Policy must be submitted to Range Control with

approval from the Installation Post Commander 48 hours in advance.

1.10 WHITE LIGHT USAGE POLICY: Range Control reserves the right to make daily changes to this policy, to accommodate changes to specific unit training requests.

1.10.1 MSRs: White light usage is authorized at night. This includes the direct route (Champagne Road, South Gettysburg Road, and Argonne Road) between Range Control and the A-Complex ranges. (See TAB I for Authorized White Light Road Map).

1.10.2 All other roads and trails: White light usage is prohibited from use in the Field Training Area during periods of darkness, with the exception of emergency vehicles involved in emergency situations. Submit an Exception to Policy Request (see TAB H) to Range Control NLT 48 hours prior, to request an exception to this policy from the RCO.

1.10.3 Night Vision Device (NVD) drivers training will be coordinated through Range Control NLT 48 hours prior. The unit must have a certified and licensed instructor, per AR 600-55. 1.11 PRIVATELY OWNED VEHICLES (POVs): Rental Vehicles, and ATVs are restricted from the field training area, except for the following situations:

1.11.1 Due to a shortage of unit vehicles, unit personnel may utilize their POV, rental vehicle, GSA, or TMP vehicle to travel between the Cantonment Area and the ranges. A Vehicle Pass must be obtained from Range Control prior to accessing the Field Training Area.

1.11.2 Woodcutters, anglers, and overnight campers must obtain a Vehicle Pass (one for each vehicle) from the Range Control Office. Overnight campers will be issued a key for E Gate, when the Range Control Office will not be staffed overnight, for emergency use.

1.11.3 The Operations Officer may grant exceptions to this policy. The Exception to Policy Request must be submitted NLT 48 hours prior.

1.11.4 All-Terrain Vehicles (ATVs), to include snowmobiles, are prohibited from operation on Camp Ripley except as authorized by the Operations Officer. Exception is granted for maintenance use by the Department of Public works at Training Site and use by Department of Natural Resources Conservation Officers. Written requests for exception will be forwarded through the Camp Ripley Environmental Office to the Range Officer for activities in the Field Training Area and the Chief of Security in the Cantonment Area.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

8

1.12 FISHING: Fishing is permitted on authorized lakes and the rivers during DAYLIGHT HOURS ONLY. See the CRTC Regulation Fishing Policy for details. Persons may not enter the field training area prior to sunrise and must return to the Cantonment Area prior to sunset. Due to military training requiring blackout drive, headlights are not authorized in the Field Training Area during the hours of darkness.

1.12.1 Ice fishing is permitted on authorized lakes, during DAYLIGHT HOURS ONLY. Range Control and/or CRTC Environmental Staff measures ice depth and follows the MN DNR Minimum Ice Depth Guidelines before authorizing personnel to be on the Installation Lakes. While icehouses are permissible, they must be removed each day. No vehicles are authorized to be on the ice of any lake within the Field Training Area (No Driving on the ICE). 1.13 USE OF FIELD TRAINING AREAS

1.13.1 The senior NCO of the unit using a training area is required to attend a Range Control Briefing at Range Control, and complete a RC Form 18 (Training Area Opening/Closing Checklist) for each training area or bivouac site to be occupied. All units must use these forms.

1.13.2 The senior NCO will act as the Point of Contact (POC) for each training area and bivouac site. The POC will also be responsible for the requesting and return of all Class IV material. The POC, and a cleaning detail, must be present at the clearance of each training area and bivouac site.

1.13.3 Because of area rejuvenation, the Camp Ripley Environmental Section will close some Training Areas or bivouac sites. Units will not occupy a closed area. Closed areas will be posted.

1.13.4 When entering a training area, immediately report existing maneuver damage or litter to Range Control. Failure to do so will result in the occupying unit being held responsible for the damage and litter.

1.13.4 Coordinate the blocking and unblocking of any roads or trails with the TAC or Range Control NLT 48 hours prior to establishing the roadblock. 1.14 CONVOY/ROAD MARCHES

1.14.1 Convoys or road marches will meet the following requirements: a) Must have a route overlay submitted for approval by Range Control 24 hours in advance b) POC information will be submitted w/overlay to range control c) Medical support while conducting operations (See TAB K, RC Medical Requirements Table) d) The POC is responsible for police of areas when stop for rest or training

1.14.2 Convoys

a) Commanders may submit an Exception to Policy Request to increase the speed limit for convoy driver training with Composite Risk Management Worksheet, and a Route Strip Map to the RC OIC.

1) The Exception of Policy is for DAYLIGHT HOURS ONLY. 2) The map on TAB I depicts the Main Supply Routes (MSRs) that will support a 35 MPH

maximum speed during daylight hours. 3) If occupying a training area or range for training a route overlay will not need to be submitted to

Range Control for approval. 4) Exception of Policy must be submitted 48 hours in advance with approval from the Installation

Post Commander.

1.14.2 Road Marches a) Units desiring to enter or exit a gate for road march purposes must coordinate with Range Control

for the gate they desire to use. Personnel on road marches will not climb fences to enter or exit the restricted areas.

b) Units conducting foot road marches downrange during darkness will place traffic guards with flashlights on similar lighting devices and reflective vest (or cross straps and sleevelets) approximately 100 meters to the front and rear of the column. The guards will be instructed to wave lights to attract the attention of approaching traffic. 1.15 CLEARANCE OF TRAINING AREAS

1.15.1 Range Control personnel will inspect all training areas and bivouac sites before the using unit may clear the post. Ensure the following is accomplished:

a) OIC, RSO, and sufficient personnel must be present during range clearance. b) The using unit is responsible for policing the range area, range boundary to range boundary.

Remove all garbage, trash, and other debris from the field, and dispose of it at the Transfer Station located near Range Control.

c) All buildings pertaining to the range or training area will be checked and must be thoroughly cleaned and inventoried.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

9

b) Fill in all fighting positions and restore the area to its original appearance.

1) NOTE: Do not use logs or trash as filler material when filling any fighting position.

e) Latrines will be checked for cleanliness. Latrines will be swept out, mopped, and paper products replaced.

1) NOTE: It is prohibited to leave human waste on the surface of the ground.

f) Remove all forms of wire from training areas before clearing. g) Remove and disassemble position barriers in the training area. Open all roads and trails before

clearing. h) Some ranges have hand receipts posted to the ammo shed, classroom or in the tower and will be

inventoried by RC personnel during the clearance procedures. i) Range Control will inspect the range and any missing items or damage to the range will be the

responsibility of the OIC of the range. 1.15.6 Prior to departing field training area(s): The POC for the training area will coordinate with the

Training Area Coordinator (TAC) to clear and close the field training areas. The TAC can designate RC personnel to clear an area.

1.15.7 NOTE: USING UNITS MUST CONTACT RANGE CONTROL FOR SPECIFIC INDIVIDUAL

RANGE REQUIREMENTS FOR TARGET REPLACEMENT. 1.15 COMMUNICATIONS: Range Control operates the following means of communications:

1.15.1 Primary: (1) SINCGARS: Primary-36.100 (2) SINCGARS: Secondary-36.900 (3) Motorola Handheld-Channel 1

1.15.2 Secondary: Commercial phone: 320-616-3137/3134 or 320-412-6078/6075

1.15.3 NOTE: Military units are required to utilize SINCGARS as their Primary form of communication. An Exception to Policy Request must be submitted by the Unit Commander to Range Control NLT 72 hours prior to range/training area usage. All means of acquiring SINCGARS capability must be attempted prior to authorizing the use of Motorola radios.

1.15.4 Additional Information: a) All ranges must have two operating means of communication with Range Control at all times. b) Personal cell phones can only be used as a secondary form of communication, due to cell phone

tower locations being outside the installation boundaries and dead space within the installation. c) Cell phones must be turned on at all times. A telephone call must be made to Range Control prior

to down range movement and authorizing usage as a secondary form of communication. Another telephone call to Range Control will be performed after arrival on the range.

d) Communications with Range Control will be made in the clear. Do not use unit SOI call signs.

e) SINCGARS and Motorola radios are to be used for radio traffic to and from Range Control only. They are not to be used for administrative purposes, except for emergency notification situations.

1.15.5 Live Fire Range Communication a) Contact Range Control via the unit’s primary form of communication, upon occupation of, and

departure from, the ranges. b) Request permission from Range Control to open, close, or change the firing status of the range on

the primary form of communication only. c) Continuously monitor the primary form of communication. d) Perform hourly communication checks (every hour, on the hour) while the range is “Open”. e) Immediately cease-fire if communications with Range Control is lost.

1.15.6 Non-firing Range Communication a) Request permission from Range Control to open and close the range on a primary form of

communication only. b) Continuously monitor the primary form of communication while the range is “Open”, to be aware of

adverse weather conditions and for medical emergencies.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

10

1.16 OBSERVATION POINTS: 1.16.1 OPs are required to “OPEN” first prior to the firing position going into an open status

and will open separately from the firing position. 1.16.2 OPs are required to open their location with Range Control on SINCGARS primary frequency

36.100, alternate frequency 36.900. 1.16.3 MORTAR AND ARTILLERY OPs

a) A red flag (and blinking red light at night) must be displayed. b) Hourly (on the hour) communication checks must be performed while fire missions are being

conducted. When fire missions are completed, the OP will revert to a Non-Live Fire range status, and will only be required to monitor the radio.

c) All Forward Observers (FO) (Mortar/Artillery) will have a safety fan for the unit they are supporting, drawn on an overlay or a map, to determine that all rounds are landing within safety limits.

d FOs must establish communications with Range Control prior to the firing position being allowed to open.

e) For Manual Call-For-Fire missions, a POC is responsible for opening and closing the range. f) For Laser Call-For-Fire missions, an OIC and RSO will be present on the range. g) Any projectile that bursts or lands outside safety limits, or any unobserved rounds, will require

immediate action and investigation, as outlined below to determine the cause. 1) Immediately, report the incident to Range Control using the Range Incident Checklist

(see TAB C). 2) Immediately, suspend firing of all FA units until the responsible unit is identified. 3) Continuous communication must be maintained with Range Control on SINCGARS primary

frequency 36.100, or alternate frequency 36.900. 1.16.4 The following OPs are available on Camp Ripley:

OP1 UM 91011463 OP2 UM 91941565 OP15 UM 91352280 OP16 UM 90162469 OP19 UM 91622771 OP23 UM 92852379

1.16.5 For laser usage on an OP refer to Chapter 16. 1.17 OE 254 Antennas: Thirteen radio antenna masts with OE 254 antenna heads are permanently erected at various locations throughout the installation to extend radio communications capabilities. Report any operating deficiencies to Range Control immediately. See below for list of Antenna Mast locations. See TAB E for location map.

1.17.1 Some ranges are equipped with landline. See range descriptions in TAB E.

Antenna Mast Locations MAST

NUMBER LOCATION COORDINATES MAST NUMBER LOCATION COORDINATES

Z-1 Range Control UM95370686 Z-8 OP 15 UM91332287 Z-2 A-Complex UM91990868 Z-9 Training Area 54 UM87102204 Z-3 Training Area 61 UM95082437 Z-10 Training Area 40 UM85381612 Z-4 Y-4 TTB UM95162684 Z-11 OP 1 UM91001464 Z-5 Training Area 71 UM88122886 Z-12 Range Control UM95370686 Z-6 Training Area 69 UM86802508 Z-13 CLFX AA (TA58) UM92912305 Z-7 OP 16 UM90142468

NOTICE: Some ranges are equipped with landline. See range descriptions in TAB E. 1.18 SEVERE WEATHER : Range Control will disseminate all severe weather watches and warnings on all communication forms. During inclement weather, the unit commander will decide when to institute protective measures. Range Control personnel will open all unoccupied downrange classrooms to provide shelter. Range Control and/or the Automated Tower Operators have the authority to stop all firing due to the approach of an electrical storm. 1.19 MAPS

1.19.1 Refer to the following websites to order the Camp Ripley Special (NSN 7643-01-451-0524) https://www.dscr.dla.mil/rmf/accounts/1832.htm or https://www.daas.dla.mil/daashome/daasc_home.asp.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

11

1.19.2 Units may request customized maps for any Camp Ripley ranges or training areas by calling rc at 320-616-3137/6006, or by e-mailing the request to: [email protected].

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

12

Chapter 2 Ranges 2.1 RESTRICTING ACCESS TO IMPACT AREAS

2.1.1 Unauthorized persons are prohibited from entering the installation training complex. The installation RCO is the approval authority for entry onto the ranges and maneuver areas, and into any impact area.

2.1.2 Unauthorized persons are prohibited from entering impact areas and other areas known, or suspected, to contain UXO by use of positive controls, to include fencing and UXO hazard warning signs.

2.1.3 Personnel who must enter into an impact area will be thoroughly briefed on the hazards of unexploded ordnance, and accompanied by Range Control personnel.

2.1.4 Personnel access to impact areas will be limited to qualified EOD personnel, Range Control staff, and range maintenance personnel designated by the RCO.

2.1.5 Unauthorized personnel are prohibited from handling UXO and munitions, or removing them from the training complex. Procedures (for example, amnesty boxes) will be established for turn-in of ammunition and explosives items by unauthorized personnel.

2.1.6 All approaches to ranges and impact areas will be guarded by range guards that are properly instructed in their duties, or closed off by appropriate barriers, as determined by the RCO. When barriers are used, appropriate signage will be posted on them. 2.2 WARNING SIGNS, BARRIERS, MARKERS, AND FLAGS

2.2.1 Barriers are erected to protect personnel from accessing danger areas. Barriers will be used to block roads, trails, and other possible access points into danger areas. They will remain in place when firing is in progress. Commanders will take prompt disciplinary action against personnel who breech barriers.

2.2.2 Units will display daily Range Bulletins in prominent locations for the benefit of all personnel. These bulletins depict all off-limits areas.

2.2.3 Barrier and Impact Area violations will require the following corrective actions: a) Immediate cease-fire of affected training areas, ranges, and firing points. b) Range Control personnel will physically check affected area, and detain any violators until a

written statement is obtained, describing the incident. c) The Unit Commander will be notified, and must submit a written Incident Report (Appendix C) to

the Post Commander, through the Operations Officer. The RCO is authorized to establish additional perimeter or interior guard posts at any time.

d) The RCO will lift the cease-fire upon receipt of the Incident Reports. The violating unit's commander must provide a written statement that all personnel are clear of the off-limits areas.

e) MN Statute 609.396. UNAUTHORIZED PRESENCE AT CAMP RIPLEY. 1) Subdivision 1.Misdemeanor: A person is guilty of a misdemeanor if the person intentionally

and without authorization of the adjutant general enters or is present on the Camp Ripley Military Reservation.

2) Subdivision 2.Felony: A person is guilty of a felony and may be sentenced to not more than five years imprisonment or to payment of a fine of not more than $10,000, or both, if:

(a) the person intentionally enters or is present in an area at the Camp Ripley Military Reservation that is posted by order of the adjutant general as restricted for weapon firing or other hazardous military activity; and

(b) the person knows that doing so creates a risk of death, bodily harm, or serious property damage.

2.2.4 The RSO will post interior range guards (as required) at specified ranges/firing points, or at the direction of the RCO.

2.2.5 A red range flag must be displayed from a prominent point at each range, firing point, and observation post during firing. No firing will take place unless a red range flag is displayed. All firing will cease prior to lowering the flag.

2.2.6 Red blinking lights must be displayed in addition to the red range flag during the hours of darkness. Battery operated lanterns are available at Range Control.

2.3 RANGE USE BY NON-MILITARY/CIVILIAN AGENCIES

2.3.1 Use of ranges and training areas by civilian agencies is authorized. a) Procedures for requesting use are outlined in the CRTC Post Regulation, available through the

Camp Ripley Operations Office, located in Bldg. 11-1. Telephone number is (320) 616-2708. All leasing costs and requirements are available in the same document.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

13

b) Civilian agency, or supervisor in charge of training, will appoint in writing an OIC and a RSO for each range requested. This appointment must specify that the individual is safety certified for the specific weapon(s) to be used. See TAB J, Page 2 for sample Safety Certification Memorandum.

c) If a civilian agency has no certifying official, the Completion of a National Rifle Association Instructor Course or equivalent, is approved for any individual performing the duty of OIC and RSO on small arms ranges.

d) The following are equivalent course model programs that are approved by Range Control: 1) DNR Firearms Instructor Courses 2) State of MN Firearms Instructor Courses 3) Police Officer Firearms Instructor Courses

e) All other equivalent course certification(s) (excluding above-mentioned courses) will be submitted to Range Control in advance of range use, for review and approval. Equivalent Course POI’s should have covered at a minimum the following:

1) Range Operations & Organization 2) Range Communications 3) Medical Support and Equipment 4) Weapon misfire procedures

2.3.2 The Operations Officer must approve all civilian access to the field training area. a) Civilian personnel, such as military family members, and the local populace, must receive

authorization from the Operations Officer to enter the field training area to participate in, or observe capability exercises, firepower demonstrations, training courses, competitions, or other types of exercises. Such personnel will remain in designated safe areas as determined by the RCO.

b) Inspection Team members or other official observers required to be on the firing line, firing position, or firing area, as an exception to policy, will position themselves in safe areas, as determined by the RCO.

c) Civilians, to include family members and DOD civilians, must have approval from the installation/community RCO to fire weapons within the installation training complex, per DA Pamphlet 385-63. 2.4 COORDINATING USE OF SPECIAL USE AIRSPACE

2.4.1 All SUAS units will coordinate with Range Control through RFMSS for the requested training area. Once approved by Range Control, the training area the SUAS occupies shall become a ROZ during operations. SUAS will only operate within their assigned ROZ.

2.4.2 Coordination for flight and ROZ activation will be conducted through Range Control. Range Control shall treat the ROZ in a manner similar to that of a hot range and relay pertinent information to Miller Tower/Ops, such as opening and closing. There are three instances in which immediate SUAS aircraft operating within a ROZ will contact Miller Tower/Ops directly:

a) Upon initial occupation of Training Area before first flight. b) In the event of a ‘lost link.’ c) Anytime the SUAS is flown outside of the ROZ and/or R-4301

2.4.3 Miller Tower: DSN 871-2781 COMM (320)616-2781 2.4.4 Miller Operations (use when tower is closed): DSN 871-2779 COMM (320)616-2779 2.4.5 Communications will be established by FM radio or cell/SAT phone with Range Control. Range

Control will notify Miller Tower before allowing the ROZ to become active. 2.4.6 SUAS do not require a COA. A SUAS mission must remain within the designated ROZ inside R-

4301. The ROZ will be opened and closed like ranges and training areas. Max density within the ROZ is two SUAS airframes aloft at one time.

2.4.7 SUAS radio operators will contact Range Control via FM radio upon occupation of the training area.

2.4.8 SUAS radio operators will notify Range Control when they have concluded flight operations. Range Control will notify Miller Tower that the ROZ is no longer active.

2.4.9 SUAS lateral maneuver, launch and recovery will be restricted to the confines of the Restricted Operating Zone (ROZ). The Confines of the ROZ include the lateral limits as well as the vertical limit of 1,500’ AGL.

2.4.10 The standard lost link point for SUAS is the takeoff point within the ROZ. Upon notification of lost link, the operator shall immediately notify Miller Tower and Range Control. Upon notification Miller Tower shall:

a) Issue advisories and ATC instructions as appropriate to ensure the safe operation of all aircraft training in R-4301.

b) Cease aircraft departures until status of affected SUAS/UAS is determined.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

14

c) Recover other SUAS/UAS as appropriate. 2.5 UAS OPERATIONS

2.5.1 Multiple SUAS platoons: may conduct training utilizing the same launch and recovery area provided the following minimum conditions are met (if approved).

a) Platoons must have conducted coordination and agree to the on site location(s), frequency usage, and other established de-confliction standards and procedures deemed appropriate.

b) The SUAS will maintain at least 1,000’ horizontal and/or 500’ vertical separation from each other during the mission.

c) Prior to conducting a climb or descent, the SUAS platoon will coordinate with the other SUAS platoon to ensure they are clear of the designated climb/descent routes.

2.5.2 Operating Altitudes a) To provide separation between SUAS/UAS and manned aircraft, the following restrictions apply

unless otherwise authorized by the AT&A Officer and cleared by Miller Tower. 1) The SUAS will be restricted to a maximum altitude of 1,500’ AGL in their assigned ROZ unless

otherwise dictated for a different altitude by range control. 2) SUAS will be separated by utilization of a ROZ and will never mix with manned aircraft. Shadow

aircraft may be mixed with manned aircraft only within the confines of the restricted area, R-4301 and shall have lateral and/or vertical separation provided by ATC.

3) Shadow UAS are the only UAS authorized to operate in Class D. While in Class D, manned and unmanned aircraft shall not mix. When manned and unmanned aircraft are operating concurrently within R-4301, positive radio communications along with Air Traffic Control assigned vertical separation will be maintained at all times.

2.5.3 Range Control will place all affected live-fire ranges in a Check-fire status when notified by the Miller Army Airfield Control Tower.

2.5.4 The Check-fire will be lifted AFTER the MAAF Control Tower notifies Range Control that all aircraft have departed the airspace. 2.6 COORDINATING USE OF NAVIGABLE WATERWAYS

2.6.1 General a) Safety requirements for water/ice-crossing training are similar to range firing, with the exception

that a range flag is not required. 1) Request permission from Range Control to open and close the range on a primary form of

communication only. 2) Continuously monitor the primary form of communication while the range is “Open”, to be aware

of adverse weather conditions and medical emergencies. 3) The site must have a medical aid person, aid bag, litter, litter capable vehicle with operating

radio, and a Camp Ripley map. b) The following procedures outline the minimum requirements for safety during over-water/ice

training exercises. 1) Submit a written Operations Plan and Composite Risk Management Worksheet (DA Form 7566)

to Range Control, NLT 90 days prior. 2) The OIC and RSO must be safety certified by the Battalion Commander (O-4P or above) for

over-water/ice operations. c) The OIC and RSO will attend a Range Safety Briefing at Range Control prior to training. d) Ensure all over-water/ice OPLANs include adequate safety and accident prevention measures,

and rescue procedures to perform water training safely. 2.6.2 River Operations

a) Commanders of units participating in river/lake/ice operations will ensure unit SOPs address all aspects of safety for equipment and facilities being used.

b) Commanders of units will ensure all applicable TCs and ARs are used in the development of their SOP, specifically:

1) TC 21-21 Army Water Survival Training 2) AR 385-10 The Army Safety Program (a) Tactical Water Safety Operations, Chapter 13, Paragraph 8, Page 62 (b) Water Operations, Chapter 22, Paragraph 2, Page 79

2.6.3 Wheeled/Tracked Vehicle Water/Ice-Crossing Operations a) Units will follow guidelines and SOP IAW FM 3-34.343. b) Commanders will ensure unit SOPs address all safety aspects of equipment and facilities in use. c) All personnel aboard each vehicle crossing the water will have approved life vests.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

15

d) Crossing vehicles must have a functioning inter-communications system and maintain continuous contact with the RSO.

e) Wheeled and/or tracked vehicles will NOT be on the ice of any lake within the Field Training Area, unless they are part of a military Ice-Crossing training exercise.

2.7 AMMUNITION AND EXPLOSIVE ITEMS ON RANGES

2.7.1 Smoking: Smoking is prohibited at firing pads, ready storage sites, and assembly sites. "No Smoking” signs will be prominently displayed. Smoking is also prohibited on any vehicle used to transport propellants or explosives. The possession of matches or any other flame-producing device while working with, or transporting, propellants or explosives is not allowed, except as required for a particular operation.

2.7.2 Positioning and Issuing Ammunition and Explosives: Ammunition, explosives, and pyrotechnics will be positioned to minimize the potential for ignition from external sources, explosion, rapid burning, or sympathetic detonation, and will be located and stored IAW DA Pam 385-63 Range Safety and DA Pam 385-64 Ammunition and Explosives Safety Standards.

2.7.3 NOTE - Safeguarding, handling, and protection of ammunition and explosives against the elements is a unit responsibility.

2.7.4 The following conditions must be followed with any ammunition that is stored on the ranges: a) Two Fire Extinguishers, fully charged, and within their expiration date. (Type 10BC, per the CRTC

LOG Support Procedures SOP, and DA PAM 385-64)

b) NOTE: Fire extinguishers can be obtained from Camp Ripley Supply and Services (S&S).

c) Placed on pallets. d) Placed in a dry place. e) Must be covered by a tarpaulin to protect from sparks, direct sunlight, and weather. f) Ammunition will not be stored within 1250 feet/381 meters of the field training area boundary, IAW

DA PAM 385-64, Table 5-1. g) Proper placard displayed on vehicles. h) “No Smoking Within 50 Feet” signs must be posted. i) The site must always be guarded. j) Technical Bulletin 43-0250, dated 03 DEC 2007, and any Safety of Use Messages (SUOMs) or

Ammunition Information Notices (AINs) for ammunition being fired. k) Distribution of ammunition to personnel will occur only in areas designated for that purpose, for

example, ammunition breakdown buildings, ready lines, firing lines, attack positions, assembly areas, or defilade positions. Blank and live-fire ammunition will not be stored in, or issued from, the same building, at the same time.

l) Fuel and ammunition re-supply operations and points will be located a minimum of 300 meters apart.

m) Limit the unpacking of ammunition at the breakdown building, ammunition transfer point, or firing line to the minimum number of rounds needed for efficient firing of the exercise. Packaging material, propelling increments and fuzes will be retained until firing is complete. Units will not burn wooden containers, or indiscriminately fire or dispose of ammunition to preclude its return to a storage facility.

n) All ammunition unpacked for firing, but not fired, will be repackaged into its original packing configuration prior to return to the Ammunition Supply Point, Bldg. 24-199, (320) 616-3167/3169.

o) Ammunition that is easily degraded by short-term exposure to moisture, such as propelling charges, pyrotechnic signals, and simulators, will be unpacked only for the minimum amount of time consistent with mission requirements.

p) Small arms ammunition and pyrotechnics may be stored in the Cantonment Area if sufficient safety and security measures are taken, in accordance with Army Regulation 190-11 Physical Security of Arms, Ammunition, and Explosives. Any other ammunition will not be stored within the Cantonment Area. Storage requirements may be coordinated with the Camp Ripley Ammunition Office.

q) All ammunition, explosives, and pyrotechnics must be transported in accordance with 49 CFR. 1) All personnel transporting ammunition, explosives, and pyrotechnics must have completed the

Hazardous Material Transportation Course. 2) All vehicles must have proper placards while transporting ammunition, explosives, and

pyrotechnics.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

16

r) All units operating an Ammunition Transfer Point (ATP) will conduct operations IAW DA PAM 385-64.

2.7.5 Qualification and Restriction of Ammunition and Explosives a) The use of nonstandard ammunition and explosive items is strictly prohibited. b) Field expedient explosive devices as prescribed by applicable FMs and TMs are authorized for

use, contingent on the approval of the RCO. A risk management assessment and an item specific SOP must be submitted before approval will be granted.

c) Do not use live ammunition, and items that contain explosives or propellants, as training aids for classroom instruction.

d) Unit ammunition personnel will be familiar with inherent hazards of specific types of ammunition, proper identification markings, and color codes.

e) Certified ammunition must be used for exercises that require overhead fire of unprotected troops (that is, certified propellant, projectile, and fuze). List of certified ammunition is available at the Ammunition Supply Point, Bldg. 24-199, (320) 616-3167/3169.

f) Only approved munitions listed in the Munition History Program at: https://mhp.redstone.army.mil/modules/Notices/AppendixB.aspx will be fired on Camp Ripley.

g) Ammunition determined to be defective will not be fired. It will be reported to the Ammunition Officer or Quality Assurance Specialist-Ammunition Surveillance (QASAS) immediately. Examples of defective ammunition are:

1) Fuzes or fuzed rounds that are inadequately tightened, insecurely staked, or are missing safety devices.

2) Safe and arming mechanisms, if so equipped, are in the “armed” position. 3) Ammunition showing deterioration. 4) Ammunition showing evidence of defects in material or assembly. 5) Ammunition that has been dropped, and there is visible damage. 6) Ammunition and unopened ammunition packaging which shows evidence of tampering will not

be issued until it is cleared by the QASAS or ASP Officer. 2.7.6 Suspension of Ammunition and Explosives Involved in Malfunctions

a) When any round or item of ammunition, explosives, or their components malfunctions, the firing unit will notify Range Control immediately. Range Control will then notify the Ammunition Officer or the QASAS. The OIC and RSO will suspend the use of the lot in question.

b) The Camp Ripley Ammunition Manager will substantiate, or withdraw, the suspension, per AR 75-1.

c) Any suspended ammunition will not be fired in training. d) Firing of any “restricted” ammunition will be conducted only in accordance with the restriction

requirements. 2.8 MISFIRE PROCEDURES/REPORTING

2.8.1 NOTE: Misfire is failure of a round to fire.

2.8.2 Misfire procedures in Technical Manuals (TMs) for the appropriate weapon system will be followed. In the event Misfires present an immediate hazard to personnel, IMMEDIATELY report the type of round, the location, unit, and give the point-of-contact information of the individual having knowledge of the Misfire to Range Control.

2.8.3 When dud and misfire rates equal or exceed the rates given in Appendix B of AR 75-1, the affected lot(s) will be recorded as a malfunction, and reported to the Ammunition Supply Point immediately.

2.8.4 A Misfire of any serial numbered munition MUST be reported to Range Control and the ASP immediately. 2.9 UNEXPLODED ORDNANCE (UXO) REPORTING

2.9.1 NOTE: UXO (Duds) are munitions which have been fired or projected, and are armed, but have failed to function.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

17

2.9.2 The range OIC will report all UXO (dud) ammunition to Range Control. In the case of grenades or other munitions that may be immediately hazardous to personnel, firing will be halted and the range will be closed until qualified EOD personnel clear the dud. In all other cases, firing will not be halted. Notify Range Control to fill out a Explosive Ordnance Incident Report, DA Form 3265. Units must also remember to enter Dud information into TAMIS.

a) Leave all duds untouched and in place, to include rounds observed striking the impact area, but fail to detonate.

b) If found outside of impact area, mark the area. c) Route traffic a safe distance around them, and report to Range Control immediately. The report

must include the following information: 1) Type and size of dud. 2) Location by grid coordinate with other descriptions to pinpoint dud. Prepare a map overlay

indicating location of dud, and submit to Range Control, upon request. 3) Name, Rank, and Unit of individual reporting the dud.

2.10 DISPOSITION OF AMMUNITION AND EXPLOSIVES INVOLVED IN MALFUNCTIONS AND ACCIDENTS

2.10.1 Materiel involved in malfunctions or accidents and any evidence, such as components or fragments of the weapon system, ammunition, missile, or rocket will be carefully preserved in the position and location it occupied at the time of the accident. If the material has been involved in a Class A or B accident, it will remain in place until disposition is directed by the Investigating Officer, unless immediate hazard to life or property are present.

a) Class A Accident 1) Property damage is $1,000,000.00 or more, and/or 2) Is an aircraft or missile destroyed, abandoned, or missing, and/or 3) Is there an injury and/or occupational illness resulting in a sudden death fatality or permanent

total disability? b) Class B Accident

1) Is property damage > $200,000.00 but < $1,000,000.00, and 2) Is there an injury and/or occupational illness resulting in a permanent partial disability, or were

three 3) 3 or more personnel hospitalized as a result of a single occurrence?

c) Damaged or malfunctioned guided missiles and rockets will be reported IAW AR 75-1, and handled per the applicable TM. 2.11 AMMUNITION TURN-IN PROCEDURES

2.11.1 All ammunition will be returned to the ASP with 100% accountability IAW DA Pam 710-2-1, Appendices J and K; and the Camp Ripley ASP External SOP (Post Regulation, Chapter 4, 4-8, paragraph c).

2.11.2 All munitions and pyrotechnics will be sorted by type and lot number. 2.11.3 Ammunition by-products, such as canisters from expended containers, hand held flares, etc., will

be returned to the ASP. 2.11.4 Usable returned munitions and pyrotechnics will not be mixed with misfires. See 2.6.7 for Misfire

procedures.

2.11.5 NOTE: Small arms residue MUST be returned to the ASP in this manner:

2.11.6 Expended cartridge cases will be inspected for live rounds, and will be free of dirt, rocks, grass, and any litter. They must be segregated by type and placed in wooden ammunition wire-bound boxes, or the commercially packaged cardboard ammunition boxes, prior to turn-in. Metal cans will be returned empty. One hundred percent (100%) accountability is required for all ammunition and residue.

2.11.7 Care must be exercised to maintain packing material in a serviceable condition. 2.11.8 All residue will be inspected by a representative of the ASP.

2.11.9 NOTE: TURN-INS THAT DO NOT COMPLY WITH THE ABOVE CONDITIONS WILL BE REJECTED, AND DEFICIENCIES WILL BE CORRECTED BEFORE BEING ACCEPTED BY THE ASP.

2.11.10 Corrective action WILL be accomplished by the unit prior to re-inspection and acceptance of salvage material by the ASP.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

18

2.11.11 NOTE: After firing, commanders must conduct inspections to ensure personnel do not possess or have access to live ammunition.

2.11.12 Destruction of UXO: Only EOD personnel will accomplish destruction of dud ammunition.

2.11.13 Policing the Training Complex a) Removal of spent brass, unfired rounds, or components of fired rounds from the Impact Areas is

prohibited. b) Dumping and/or burying of ammunition or explosives into the Training Areas and/or Impact Areas

is prohibited. c) Unauthorized removal of ammunition, pyrotechnics, explosives, and residue from munitions from

the training complex is prohibited. d) The collection of spent brass is 50% required when blank ammunition is expended from mounted

or dismounted weapons over extended terrain. 2.11.14 Amnesty Program: Camp Ripley recognizes the need for an Ammunition Amnesty

Program. All military amnesty ammunition can be turned in at the Ammunition Office, Bldg. 24-199, 320-616-3167/3168/3169 during normal business hours. There is also an Amnesty Box located at the south entrance to the building for non-business hours deposits.

2.11.15 Ammunition References a) FM 4-30.13 b) FM 4-30.51 c) DA PAM 710-2-1 d) AR 75-1 e) DA PAM 385-64 f) NGR 385-64 g) AR 385-10 h) TB 9-1300-38 i) AR 190-11 j) CRTC ASP External SOP

2.12 RANGE PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS 2.12.1 Training casualties on operational ranges must be minimized through the use of appropriate

personal protective equipment (PPE). PPE levels are found in table 2-2. Ultimately, the commander must decide the appropriate level of PPE based on thorough risk assessment.

2.12.2 All personnel within the hearing hazard zone will wear approved hearing protection. The size of the hazard zone varies with the weapon. The following list of distances to the hazard contours for common military weapons is conservative:

a) .50 caliber: 55 m to the side, 12 m to the rear. b) .45 caliber: 12 m to the side, 4.5 m to the rear. c) 9 mm: 9 m to the side, 6 m to the rear. d) 7.62 mm: 20 m to the side, 8 m to the rear. e) 5.56 mm: 24 m to the side, 6 m to the rear.

2.12.3 WARNING: Per Ammunition Information Notice (AIN) 053-10, dated 10FEB10, DODIC:

AA54 DOUBLE HEARING PROTECTION (EARPLUGS AND MUFFS) AND EYE PROTECTION (GOGGLES) SHOULD BE WORN BY SOLDIERS FIRING THE SHOTGUN AND BY SOLDIERS WITHIN 8.5 METERS OF THE WEAPON DURING DOOR BREACHING OPERATIONS WHEN FIRING IN CLOSE PROXIMITY TO REFLECTIVE SURFACE. ALL SOLDIERS WITHIN 8.5 METERS TO 30 METERS OF THE FIRING POINT SHOULD WEAR SINGLE HEARING PROTECTION (EARPLUGS OR MUFFS). REFERENCE TM 9-1005-338-13&P, TECHNICAL MANUAL UNIT AND DIRECT SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL, MOSSBERG 12 GAUGE SHOTGUN, MODEL 500 AND MOSSBERG 12 GAUGE SHOTGUN MODEL 590, MAY 2005.

2.12.4 Approved eye protection (or eye armor) is encouraged, especially during force-on-force training maneuvers or scenarios by personnel undergoing training, as well as those in close proximity (for example, evaluators, observers, and very important persons.)

2.12.5 For Personal protective levels refer to Table 2-2 (Personal protective equipment) of the DA Pam

385-63)

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

19

2.12.6 NOTE: All personnel must wear the Kevlar Helmet (or ACH) and IBA when required by regulation, FM, or SOP. When it is not specifically required, wearing of the Kevlar Helmet (or ACH) is at the Commander's discretion. All personnel occupying a Live-Fire range or Firing Point will utilize hearing protection devices and eye protection when required. 2.13 RANGE TARGETS

2.9.1 General Requirements for Targets and Target Mechanisms a) Target types are locally manufactured, as prescribed in TC 25-8 Training Ranges, or commercially

purchased prefabricated targets. b) Requests for targets will be made NLT 90 days in advance. c) All issue and receipt of targets, and target accessories, will be handled through the Automated

Target Systems (ATS) Office, Bldg.2-198, 320-616-3132/3133, or at Range Control, Bldg.24-199, 320-616-3137/3134.

d) Using units are responsible for the setup, maintenance, and cleanup of all target materials. e) Target accessories (lifters, thermals, batteries, chargers, etc.) are available at ATS. f) ATS personnel will operate, or provide guidance for operation of, target lifting devices. g) Using units can hand receipt a Target Repair Kit from Automated Target Systems, for all types of

target repair needs. 2.13.2 Moving Targets

a) Armor Moving Target Carriers (AMTC) are available on selected ranges. b) Upon request, movers may be fitted with Target Kill Simulators, Hostile Fire Lamps, or Hostile Fire

Simulators. 2.13.3 Ground Targets

a) Small Arms 1) Enhanced Remote Target Systems (ERETS) small lifters are stationary, and used for

familiarization and qualification on selected small arms ranges (see range descriptions, TAB A). 2) Targets for these ranges will be the standard E or 3D type as prescribed in TC 25-8. 3) Targets are maintained by ATS personnel. 4) Due to time constraints, targets will not be changed on the day of firing. 5) Selected targets have Muzzle Flash Simulators for night fire use.

b) Tank/Bradley Ranges 1) ERETS heavy lifters are used for familiarization and qualification on selected ranges (see range

descriptions, TAB A, Miller Complex section). 2) Upon request, heavy lifters may be fitted with Target Kill Simulators, Hostile Fire Lamps, or

Hostile Fire Simulators. 2.13.4 Radio Controlled Targets

a) M31 Infantry Target lifters and Heavy lifters are portable and available for use on Camp Ripley, with approval from Range Control, and coordination with Automated Target Systems.

b) Infantry Target lifters are designed for use with single or double infantryman type targets only (E, Double E, or 3D type holders must be manufactured).

2.13.5 Human Form Targets: Human Form Targets (HFTs) are three-dimensional precision targets that replicate male and female enemy (uniformed with weapons and equipment), non-combatant male and female, and combatant non-uniformed male/female/child. The HFTs on Camp Ripley will only be used to depict Non-combatant Civilians-on-the-Battlefield (COBs). Under no circumstances will the HFTs be fired at with live ammunition!

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

20

Chapter 3 Danger Zones 3.1 GENERAL

3.1.1 NOTE: For all established ranges a copy of the SDZ will be in the range packet you sign for at Range Control and for unestablished ranges you will need to obtain an approved copy of the SDZ that has been verified prior to opening.

3.1.2 NOTE: Every weapon system and the ammunition/ordnance related to that weapon system requires a danger zone. The danger zones in DA PAM 385-63, chapter 3 represent minimum safety requirements. 3.2 AUTHORIZATION FOR PERSONNEL WITHIN DANGER ZONES

3.2.1 The following personnel are authorized to be within a danger zone, subject to the restrictions in the applicable sections of the this regulation, DA PAM 385-63, and application of the risk management process by the senior installation commander.

a) Crews directly involved in the firing of a weapon system or munition b) Tactical air control party or joint terminal attack controllers (JTACs) controlling aviation ordnance

deliveries. c) Canon launched guided projectile (Copperhead) fire support team (FIST) personnel located in the

mission essential area (MEA). FIST personnel will only be allowed within the SDZ when the Copperhead is not fired in the ballistic mode.

d) Aircrew operating within danger zones as part of an exercise. e) During indirect field artillery firing personnel may be in Areas A through E subject to the restrictions

in chapter 10 of this regulation and DA PAM 385-63. f) Designator operators (laser) during AGM–114 HELLFIRE antitank guided missile operations. g) Personnel down range when approved overhead small arms ammunition is fired. h) Personnel wearing approved laser eye protection within the laser surface danger zone. i) Personnel down range when supporting training on known distance firing ranges, when protection

is provided. j) Authorization of any other personnel within danger zones requires deviation approval per AR 385–

63/MCO 3570. 1C and paragraph 1–4 of DA PAM 385-63.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

21

Chapter 4 Small Arms & Machine Guns 4.1 FIRING CONDITIONS

4.1.1 The following ranges are available for a variety of courses of fire, for small arms weapons and machine guns: (For detailed information on the below ranges, see TAB A) A-1 Small Arms Known Distance F Biathlon Course/25m Zero A-2 Combat Pistol Qualification F&M-1 Fire and Movement A-3 Automated Record Fire F&M-2 Fire and Movement A-4 Automated Record Fire IPBC Infantry Platoon Battle Course A-9 M320 Training Practice Ammo ISBC Infantry Squad Battle Course A-12 25m Zero J M320, M2, M240, MK-19 (TP-T Only) A-14 Live Fire Facility M 25m Zero/Mortar SRTR B-1 25m Zero MK-19 MK-19 Qualification (TP-T Only) B-2 25m Zero North M2, M240, M249 Center Multi-Purpose Range (MPR) OP-7 MK-19 HE CLFX Convoy Live Fire Exercise OP-23 MK-19 HE CRACK HOUSE Non-Standard Small Arms SEAL

CABIN Non-Standard Small Arms

D Shotgun/Short Range Marksmanship UAC Urban Assault Course (5.56 & 40mm TP) East Multi-Purpose Range (MPR) West Multi-Purpose Range (MPR)

4.1.2 Small arms may be fired at other locations when the following conditions exist:

a) The Surface Danger Zone can be employed without significant impact on other range operations or training areas.

b) The RCO has approved the location. c) An operations safety plan and a Composite Risk Management Worksheet (DA Form 7566) have

been developed by the unit, detailing the measures they will take. d) All other conditions for live fire exist as outlined in paragraph 2-3 (Range Use by non-

military/civilian agencies).

e) NOTE: The batwing will be considered when designing or conducting training on ranges that involve fire and movement, fire and maneuver, flanking fire, and/or when ricochet hazards outside the range boundary may endanger nonparticipating personnel. Decision on the use of batwing will be based on level of risk and approval of appropriate command risk acceptance authority. An Exception to Policy memo will be submitted to Range Control to be verified and sent through channels for approval by the Camp Ripley Post Commander. (per DA Pam 385-63, para 4-1c) 4.2 OVERHEAD FIRE

4.2.1 Overhead small arms fire above protected troops is authorized when minimum protection (shown in Table 6-1 DA Pam 385-63) is provided.

4.2.2 Overhead fire above unprotected troops with small arms may be conducted when authorized by the Post Commander and specifically approved by the RCO.

4.2.3 Weapon systems authorized for overhead fire of unprotected troops are 5.56 mm, 7.62 mm, and .50 caliber machine guns. The weapons must be on ground tripods, or in vehicle mounts (ring mounts excluded) firing from a stationary position.

4.2.4 Only ammunition certified as cleared for overhead fire in TB 9-1300-385 will be used. NSN and DOD Ammunition Code identify small arms ammunition certified for overhead fire of unprotected troops.

4.2.5 Rates of fire will not exceed 70 rounds per minute for 5.56 mm and 7.62 mm machineguns, and 40 rounds per minute for .50 caliber machineguns. Tracer ammunition may be used to assist in monitoring projectile paths.

4.2.6 Overhead fire with machineguns in live fire exercises will follow these procedures: a) Firing positions for weapons delivering overhead fire will provide unobstructed fields of fire. b) Applicable ballistic firing tables will be used to determine the minimum angle of elevation for all

overhead fire. Projectiles will not be permitted to impact between the firing position and unprotected troops downrange. All impacts will be at least 30 meters beyond the personnel most distant from the weapon.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

22

c) Positive stops must be used to prevent crossfire and depression of weapon systems during overhead firing.

d) Weapon systems will be test fired before delivery of overhead fire to verify the effectiveness of the positive traverse and depression stops. 4.3 FLANKING FIRE

4.3.1 Ground-mounted or vehicle-mounted small arms may be used to provide low angle flanking fire when a minimum angle of 15 degrees between the limit of fire and exposed troops is maintained.

4.3.2 Positive means will be employed to ensure that the firing unit knows the location of the maneuver units while fire support is being provided.

4.3.3 The route and location of maneuver units and the location of the weapons providing flanking fire support will be described in detail using recognizable natural or manmade terrain features, or other positive identification features to all involved personnel. 4.4 BLANK AMMUNITION

4.4.1 NOTE: Per NGR 385-63, Chapter 4, paragraph 4-6, an OIC/RSO with the rank of E-5 or above is required when using Blank ammunition.

4.4.2 NOTE: When using blank ammunition on any range or training area you are required to use the BLANKS/SIMUNITIONS/LESS-LETHAL RANGES OPENING/CLOSING CHECKLIST.

4.4.3 NOTE: The use of blank ammunition does not require a range flag.

4.4.4 Exercise the same precautions in loading, unloading, and clearing weapons during blank ammunition firing, as when firing live ammunition.

4.4.5 Troops will not use blank ammunition during hand-to-hand training. 4.4.6 Blank ammunition cannot be fired in the Cantonment Area without approval from the Camp

Ripley Chief of Security, Phone # (320) 616-3087/3088. 4.4.7 Blank Firing Attachments (BFA) (blank adapters) will be attached to all weapon systems that have

approved BFA manufactured for them. Weapons will not be fired without the proper BFA. a) A five (5) meter Safe Separation Distance (SSD) must be observed at all times.

b) DANGER – Do not fire small arms blank ammunition (5.56 mm and 7.62 mm) within 5

meters of personnel. A distance of 20 meters should be maintained from personnel while firing .50 cal. machine gun blank ammunition.

4.4.8 A dispersion angle of 10 degrees on either side of the Gun Target Line (GTL) should also be observed.

4.4.9 BDUs/ACUs should be worn at all times. Eye protection should be worn by the firer. 4.4.10 A violation of the SSD could result in serious injury. If the SSD is decreased to within 0.9 meters,

fatal injury may occur. 4.4.11 Live and blank ammunition will not be stored together or issued simultaneously from the same

ammo point to individual troops or crews of combat or combat support vehicles prior to the initiation of a force-on-force training exercise.

4.4.12 Prior to initiating force-on-force training, commanders will ensure that there is no live ammunition on board vehicles or in possession of troops. A reasonable period of time shall be allocated to ensure that no live ammunition remains with soldiers preparing to receive blank munitions for field training.

4.4.13 Weapons that are firing blank ammunition must have the blank firing adapter affixed to the weapon. This provides clear notice that blanks are in use, and prevents possible projection of particles directly at a soldier during training operations. 4.5 MACHINE GUNS

4.5.1 Load the weapon only when ready to fire. 4.5.2 Keep the finger outside the trigger guard until ready to fire. 4.5.3 If the weapon continues to fire after the trigger is released (Runaway Gun), keep the weapon

pointed down range. 4.5.4 Put machine gun covers in the raised position except while firing. 4.5.5 All personnel firing .50 caliber machine guns must be properly trained on head space and

timing procedures.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

23

4.5.6 Machine guns are “loaded” whenever a belt or magazine remains inserted in the weapon.

4.6 UNESTABLISHED RANGES: Units requesting a training area to conduct a Live Fire Exercise (LFX) must have a detailed Risk Management Plan presented to the RCO NLT 90 days in advance of the exercise. (See Chapter 17 for additional requirements for Live Fire Exercises)

4.7 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

4.7.1 Automated Ranges a) In addition to requirements of this regulation, units are also required to fulfill requirements of the

specific range SOPs. The SOPs are located in the Range Packets, or can be requested through Range Control.

b) Changes to automated range scenarios must be requested NLT 72 hours prior to firing. c) Assistant RSOs will be assigned as directed in the range SOP. d) Night firing will be altered to allow only the 25m or 50m qualification. Units will not be allowed to

change firing distances during periods of darkness, unless they can provide the RCO with a detailed safety operations plan that insures the safety of all personnel involved with night firing.

4.7.2 M16-/M4-Series Ranges a) Reference pages 6-10 of FM 3-22.9 for uniform item requirements during weapon qualification

firing. b) Kevlar helmets and body armor are required in the “Pits” area of the A-1 range while the range is

firing. c) Automatic rifles are considered loaded when a magazine is in the receiver.

4.7.3 Clearing Barrel Usage: Per the PS Magazine Number 632, dated JUL 2005, Clearing Rods are not to be used for clearing M16/M4 series weapons. Reference the Weapons Handling Procedures Handout for complete weapon clearing instructions. The Handout is available at Range Control.

4.7.4 NOTE: Rifle bolts will remain open and locked to the rear, except during firing.

4.7.5 NOTE: If personnel move from one firing position to another, they may carry the weapon

with the muzzle pointed down range, or they may carry the weapon in the “Low Ready” position with the muzzle directed down range. 4.8 REFERENCES

4.8.1 FM 3-22.9 Rifle Marksmanship M16-/M4-Series Weapons, dated AUG 2008 4.8.2 FM 3-22.65-Browning Machine Gun, Caliber .50 HB, M2 w/Change 1 4.8.3 FM 3-22.68-Crew-Served Machine Guns M249/M240B 4.8.4 FM 3-23.35-Combat Training with Pistols M9 and M11 w/Changes 1-4 4.8.5 FM 23-10 4.8.6 TC-7-9 Infantry Live-Fire Training

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

24

Chapter 5 Grenades and Grenade Launchers 5.1 HAND GRENADES

5.1.1 High explosive loaded type grenades. These contain explosive charges that detonate after a short delay (3 to 5 seconds). Every precaution will be taken to prevent injury from flying fragments. For training purposes, fragmentation and offensive hand grenades will be thrown from a trench or barrier equivalent to a screen of sandbags 0.5 meter thick.

5.1.2 Firing conditions for fragmentation and offensive grenades a) Personnel within the 150-meter danger area when casualty producing hand grenades are thrown

will wear ACH or Kevlar helmets, IBA with SAPPI Plates, single hearing protection, and proper eye protection.

b) Safety clips on fragmentation and practice grenades will not be removed until immediately before the safety pin is removed. The grenade must be thrown. No attempt will be made to re-insert the safety pin.

c) All personnel must be proficient in the safety precautions for handling and throwing grenades before live grenade training begins. Soldiers MUST qualify on A-10 Hand Grenade Qualification Course, and COMPLETE practice grenade training in a Mock Bay (on L/HGR Range) prior to live grenade training on the HGR.

d) OICs, RSOs, and live-bay ARSOs for live grenade training events must be certified to perform these duties. Certification will include training detailing actions in the event of a dropped grenade, short throw, grenade thrown other than downrange, SDZ, control of observers, misfire/dud grenade procedures, arming, throwing techniques, and pre-live bay requirements. RSOs and ARSOs must be qualified with the hand grenade prior to assuming their duties.

e) Dud high explosive grenades will not be approached by anyone other than EOD personnel. Adjacent throwing bays to the one with the dud will be closed until EOD personnel clear the dud.

f) Personnel will not leave protected cover for 30 minutes after a Hand Grenade malfunction. g) Live grenades will not be thrown into standing water, deep snow, or dense vegetation. h) Range OICs and RSOs are cautioned that multiple employments of grenades in a training

scenario significantly increase the difficulty of determining the actual number of grenades that detonated. Subsequent training scenarios, generating an unplanned detonation, may activate dud grenades.

5.1.3 Prior to using the practice hand grenade, Baseball G811, the OIC will: a) Inspect the body for cracks. b) Inspect for foreign material in grenade body and in the fuze opening threads. c) Insure that the porthole in the base is not blocked. d) Insert a new fuze, preparing the grenade for reuse.

5.2 HAND GRENADE RANGE (HGR) (LIVE GRENADE FAMILIARIZATION): The Hand Grenade Range offers the individual soldier the opportunity to meet the new STRAC requirement to throw live hand grenades. Reference FM 3-23.30 and the Live Hand Grenade Course SOP for additional information on Hand Grenades.

5.2.1 NOTE: Units MUST coordinate the use of HE Grenades with Range Control NLT 90 days in advance. Range Control must give EOD a warning of scheduled range dates.

5.2.2 All safety measures and precautions will be followed. 5.2.3 Range personnel requirements are as follows:

a) OIC (E-7 and above) b) RSO (E-6 and above) c) ARSO-Live-Bay NCO (Corporal and above) d) Gate Guard-2 e) Medic f) Range NCOIC

5.2.4 A range specific safety briefing will be given to all personnel prior to range operations. 5.2.5 The Range OIC must ensure that communications between himself and the gate guard is

maintained at all times. 5.2.6 Range personnel cannot exceed noise exposure of more than 1000 grenades per day. 5.2.7 All personnel will know the Hand Grenade Status levels:

a) SAFE: a grenade with all of the safety devices intact.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

25

b) LIVE: a thrown hand grenade from the instant it leaves the throwers hand until the expected fuze time has elapsed.

c) DUD: a thrown grenade that failed to detonate after the expected fuze time has elapsed. 5.2.8 Units may also consider scheduling the A-10 Hand Grenade Qualification Course to raise soldier

confidence levels prior to utilizing this range.

5.3 GRENADE LAUNCHERS AND GRENADE MACHINE GUNS: Personnel will be instructed in the proper use of grenade launchers and grenade machine guns, and applicable safety precautions before firing live ammunition.

5.3.1 All duds will be reported to Range Control. 5.3.2 M203/M320 Grenade Launchers

a) A-9 is the Grenade Launcher Qualification Range. b) HE M320 40mm is authorized for firing into Hendrickson or Leach Impact Areas only. c) Illumination rounds fired from the M320/M320 will be treated the same as hand held signals, and

may be utilized where they are permitted. d) Hazardous fragmentation from HE grenade ammunition may be experienced to 165-meters from

the point of detonation. e) OICs and RSOs must ensure that only low-velocity grenade cartridges are being fired. f) Single hearing protection will be worn within 2 meters of the grenade launchers. A Kevlar Helmet

and flak jacket will be worn while firing HE M320/M320 40mm grenades. 5.3.3 Grenade Machine Guns (MK19)

a) J, K, and MK-19 Ranges are approved for 40mm TP rounds only. Other firing points may be requested through Range Control NLT 90 days in advance.

b) OP-7 and OP-23 are the only authorized ranges for MK-19 40mm HE rounds. c) Targets will be engaged only at ranges greater than 75 meters with TP ammunition. d) Targets will be engaged only at ranges greater than 310 meters with HE ammunition. e) Firing through obstructions is prohibited. f) Body Armor, eye and ear protection, and Kevlar helmet must be worn at all times. Approved

hearing protection is required for all personnel within the noise hazard contour of 20-meter radius around the weapon system.

g) Firing over open hatches is not authorized. 5.3.4 Restrictions for static vehicle mounted MK19:

a) A gunner’s quadrant and/or MK64, MOD 7, mount depression stop will be used to keep the minimum elevation above 30 mils when firing.

b) For M998 vehicles-Soft top must be covering the driver and passenger. c) For M113 and M106 vehicle-Driver’s hatch must be closed when firing over the left side, forward,

or right side of the vehicle, or when personnel or objects in hatch areas are forward of the weapon muzzle.

5.3.5 Restrictions for moving vehicle mounted MK19, per DA Pamphlet 385-63:To preclude unintentional impacts of HE and HEDP ammunition at ranges less than 310 meters:

a) Restrict speeds to not greater than 16 kph/10 mph when firing from the HMMWV M1025/1026 armament carrier, M998T interim squad carrier, and the M1114 over paved and improved roads in good condition, and not greater than 8 kph/5 mph over rough roads, trails, and cross-country.

5.3.6 Restrict speeds to not greater than 16 kph/10 mph when firing from the M113 and M106 personnel carriers on any kind of terrain.

5.4 REFERENCES

5.4.1 FM 3-22.27-MK19 40mm Grenade Machine Gun MOD 3 w/Change 1 5.4.2 FM 3-22.31-M320 40mm Grenade Launcher w/ Change 1 5.4.3 TM 3-22.31 (FM 3-22.31) 40mm Grenade Launchers November 2010 w/Change 1 5.4.4 FM 3-23.30-Grenades and Pyrotechnic Signals w/Change 1

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

26

Chapter 6 Antitank Rockets 6.1 FIRING CONDITIONS

6.1.1 The following ranges are authorized for firing antitank rockets: a) J - Practice and HEAT b) K - Practice and HEAT

6.1.2 Personnel will not stand or have any portion of the body directly in front of or behind a loaded rocket launcher.

6.1.3 Before firing, the SDZ to the rear of the launcher (100m Backblast Area) will be cleared of personnel, materiel (including expended cartridge cases), and readily combustible vegetation.

6.1.4 Cover ammunition stored on rocket ranges. Store ammunition to the flank of firing positions, and out of the direct rays of the sun.

6.1.5 Do not fire ammunition during temperatures other than those prescribed on the round. 6.1.6 AT-4s will not be fired from within a building, or within 50 meters of a vertical or nearly vertical

backstop, barrier, or obstacle, because of the risk of debris ricochets. 6.1.7 Personnel within 390 meters of the weapon will wear approved single hearing protection. 6.1.8 Prone or foxhole firing of HE AT-4 (M136) is not authorized. In training, an individual may fire one

round from the sitting position, or three rounds from the standing or kneeling positions in a 24-hour period.

6.1.9 The firing of antitank rockets over unprotected troops from a moving vehicle or aircraft is not authorized.

6.1.10 Units must ensure that they have received a copy of AIN 55-06 from the ASP prior to going down range.

6.1.11 Follow all procedures and precautions in the applicable FMs and TMs during pre-fire checks and firing operations.

6.1.12 NOTE: Per FM 3-23.25, Appendix A, para. A-3, page A-2, when operating temperatures fall below freezing (0 deg Celsius/32 deg Fahrenheit) the dimensions of all Backblast areas and Safety Zones will be doubled.

6.1.13 NOTE: Per FM 3-23.25, Appendix A, para. A-12, Table A-2, page A-5, within a 24-hour period, a Soldier may only fire, observe fire, or act as a Safety NCO for the M1316 AT-4 one to three times, depending on the firing position. Three times total if the M136 is fired from either the standing or kneeling positions. One time total if the M136 is fired from the sitting position. 6.2 REFERENCES

6.2.1 FM 3-23.25-Light Anti-Armor Weapons 6.2.2 FM 3-06.11 Combined Arms Operations in Urban Terrain 6.2.3 TM 9-1315-886-12 – AT-4 6.2.4 TM 9-1340-203-20 – LAW

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

27

Chapter 7 Antitank Guided Missiles

7.1 TOW MISSILES 7.1.1 Firing conditions - General

a) The TOW missile (inert round) can be fired on K, Center, and East Ranges. b) Before firing any TOW missile, the entire SDZ will be cleared of all non-mission essential

personnel. c) TOW missile firings must be accomplished within predetermined boundaries. The RCO will ensure

that an adequate SDZ exists. d) Procedures and precautions in FMs and TMs will be observed in all preparation and firing

operations. e) Only those personnel actively engaged in firing and controlling the Ground Mounted TOW missile

system will be at the launch point, with protective body armor, Kevlar helmet, eye, and hearing protection. f) Personnel at launch point will not stand, nor permit any part of their body to be, directly behind or in

front of the launcher while missile is in the launch tube. g) TOW missiles will not be fired from within buildings or within 100 meters of any vertical or nearly

vertical backstop. h) The range will be inspected after TOW firing activities to ensure, to the maximum extent possible

that all guidance wires are removed from the range. Aircraft will not be used to remove guidance wire. i) Occupation of Area I, the area directly in front of the weapon, is prohibited. j) All missiles will be tested using the missile test set as part of the overall system pre-fire checks.

This will identify the majority of missiles with a potential for operational failures. 7.1.2 Surface Danger Zone

a) Area F danger area to the rear of the launcher is 100 meters. b) At least single hearing protection will be worn by all personnel within the rectangle 100 meters to

either side and 200 meters to the rear of the TOW. c) OIC and RSO will ensure no personnel or equipment are located within this area. d) Misfires and malfunctions will be handled IAW appropriate TMs. e) MILES training:

1) The TOW missile uses the antitank weapons effect signature simulator (ATWESS) device for a noise simulator.

2) ATWESS devices must never be armed until ready to fire. A sever jolt to the ATWESS may cause the device to function.

3) Approved single hearing protection is required.

7.2 DRAGON 7.2.1 Firing Conditions

a) Dragon firing is only authorized on K Range. b) The entire SDZ will be cleared of all non-mission essential personnel. c) Only those personnel actively engaged in firing and control of Dragon guided missile as specified

by the appropriate FMs and TMs will be permitted in the SDZ at the time of firing. Non-operational personnel will move to a distance of at least 50 meters to the side of the launcher (110 meters when firing M222 HEAT rounds).

d) The gunner and all personnel at launch point will wear protective body armor, Kevlar helmet, eye protection, and single hearing protection.

e) At least single hearing protection will be worn by all personnel within the rectangle 170 meters to either side, and 260 meters to the rear of the Dragon firing point.

f) Dragon guided missiles will be fired according to the procedure and precautions outlined in appropriate FM's and TM's.

7.2.2 Surface Danger Zone a) Area F to the rear of the launcher is 50 meters. b) OIC and RSO will ensure no personnel or equipment are located in this area. c) Personnel will not stand or permit any portion of their body to be directly behind or in front of the

launcher when the tracker and missile are mated. d) The Dragon will not be fired from within buildings, unless fired IAW FM 90-10-1, or within 50

meters of a vertical or nearly vertical backstop. e) MILES training

1) The Dragon missile uses the ATWESS device for a noise simulator.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

28

2) ATWESS devices must never be armed until ready to fire. A severe jolt to the ATWESS may cause the device to function. Approved single hearing protection is required.

7.3 JAVELIN: The Javelin is a shoulder-launched, man-portable, anti-armor weapon system. It fires a passive imaging infrared missile with a lock-on before launch guidance system.

7.3.1 Firing conditions a) Before firing any Javelin missile, the entire SDZ will be cleared of non-mission essential personnel.

Only those personnel specified in the appropriate FMs and TMs will be permitted in the SDZ. b) Javelin missile firing will be accomplished within predetermined boundaries. The RCO will ensure

that an adequate SDZ exits. c) See applicable FMs and TMs for preparation and firing operations, and Misfire procedures.

7.3.2 Personnel will neither stand nor permit any part of their body to be directly behind or in front of the Javelin launcher.

7.3.3 Surface Danger Zone Personnel located in the 100-meter primary danger zone to the rear of the launcher must wear approved hearing and eye protection.

7.4 REFERENCES

7.4.1 FM 3-22.34 7.4.2 FM 3-22.37 7.4.3 FM 3-22.1 7.4.4 TM 9-2350-252-10-2 7.4.5 TM 9-1425-484-10

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

29

Chapter 8 Tank/Fighting Vehicle Gunnery

8.1 GENERAL 8.1.1 The only ranges authorized for Tank and BFV main gun firing are as follows:

a) East Range: Automated/computer scored, Table XII capable. b) North Range: Scaled BFV range. Sub-caliber only Tank range (stationary BP’s only).

8.1.2 Scenarios must be submitted to Range Control NLT 90 days in advance. See Target Matrix in TAB J.

8.1.3 Request for Tank and BFV scenario changes on above ranges must be submitted NLT 72 hours in advance.

8.1.4 Simulation firing can be accomplished on the SCALED RANGE (located in TA05 south of Ferrell Lake). This range has a maximum target distance of 1000 meters. It will support Tank/Bradley Tables I through V with TWGSS and MILES.

a) The range will be reserved through the Operations Office. b) Send Target Matrix requests to Automated Target Systems. This range is remote control operated. c) Units will hand receipt the remote control from ATS.

8.2 TANK/BFV FIRING CONDITIONS

8.2.1 Tank/BFV cannon will not be fired above 5 degrees QE. The following procedures will be employed:

a) Unit master gunners, in conjunction with Range Control personnel, will ensure that targets are placed at or less than 5 degrees elevation. Tank/BFV Commanders will ensure that all weapon systems in a firing condition are pointed toward the impact area at or less than 5 degrees elevation.

b) Non-stabilized tank armament will not be fired while the tank is moving. 8.2.2 Misfires and malfunctions will be handled according to the appropriate TMs for tanks and BFVs. 8.2.3 The OIC and RSO will ensure a range safety briefing is given to crews and range support staff

prior to live-fire operations. The Briefing will include the following items: a) Day and Night firing scenarios b) Right and Left Limits of the range c) Misfire Procedures d) Vehicle flag/light procedures e) Weapon system(s) pointed up and down range when the vehicle accesses the range f) Communications between the firing Tank/BFV and the Tower must be maintained at all times g) The RSO will ensure that the weapon systems are cleared, and on “safe”, before leaving the range

8.2.4 When lasers are in use on a range, the OIC will ensure that: a) All personnel are thoroughly briefed on safety precautions. b) Lasers are kept "off" at all times, unless the vehicle has received permission to load weapons. c) To prevent accidental firing of the laser, the ballistic doors will be closed when the laser is not in

use. d) Ballistic doors will be closed before moving the vehicle to the rear of the bore sighting line, or into

the parking area. e) The use of LRFs equipped with eye safe filters over the emission port is authorized in all Training

Areas. f) Additional information on lasers is found in Chapter 16.

8.2.5 A red range flag must be displayed at the entrance to the range during day fire and a red blinking light during night fire.

8.2.6 The Fuel Point and the Ammunition Transfer Point must be separated by a minimum of 300 meters.

8.2.7 Environmental containment materials (spill kits) will be available on all mounted ranges and during refueling operations.

8.3 M250/257 SMOKE GRENADE LAUNCHERS

8.3.1 Firing conditions a) SDZ occupation by unprotected personnel in the open is prohibited. b) Grenades will not be fired into strong winds. c) Personal protective equipment will be worn by personnel within the SDZ. d) Clothing will fit snugly to prevent red phosphorous fragments from getting inside ACU/BDUs,

particularly around the neck, ends of sleeves, and pockets. 8.3.2 Personnel are prohibited from occupying the following hazard areas:

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

30

a) 125 meters in front and to the sides of the vehicle. b) 50 meters to the rear of the vehicle.

8.4 WEAPONS EFFECT SIGNATURE SIMULATOR (HOFFMAN DEVICE): Personnel within 25 meters of the Hoffman Device will wear approved single hearing protection. Eye protection will also be worn. 8.5 HAZARDOUS IMPULSE NOISE EXPOSURE

8.5.1 The driver’s hatch is closed at all times during any vehicle operation or weapon system firing of any kind.

8.5.2 Only personnel wearing approved single hearing protection will be allowed within 200 meters of a tank during main gun firings.

8.5.3 Non-mission essential personnel will be restricted from areas 10 meters to the sides and from all areas forward of firing vehicles. 8.6 FIRING VEHICLE STATUS DESIGNATIONS

8.6.1 During daylight and good visibility, flags or lights will be displayed on firing vehicles. At night and during reduced visibility, lights will be displayed.

8.6.2 Once a firing vehicle begins a battle run and passes the start fire line, all weapon systems are considered to be loaded and ready to fire.

8.6.3 When the firing vehicle completes a battle run, the vehicle commander will ensure that the weapon systems have been cleared, and that the proper flags, or lights, are displayed.

8.6.4 Vehicle commanders will ensure that the weapon systems are aligned within the envelope of the vehicle’s width before leaving the range. 8.7 CLOSE SUPPORT OF GROUND PERSONNEL IN LIVE-FIRE EXERCISES

8.7.1 Firing overhead of unprotected personnel by tanks, Bradley fighting vehicles, and the CEV main gun is prohibited.

8.7.2 Tank, Bradley, M551, and CEV main guns may be used to provide flanking fire if unprotected personnel remain out of the SD 8.8 AUTOMATED TOWER RADIO FREQUENCIES

8.8.1 NOTE: Per FM 3-20.21 HBCT Gunnery, Jump Radio communications are only required while performing Gunnery Qualification Tables. The Jump Frequency is utilized by the Crew Evaluators to ensure that proper commands are given, and proper crew procedures are being followed. Jump Radio usage during any other type of armor live fire is NOT required.

8.8.2 Refer to MILLER COMPLEX in TAB A for East, Center, and West Range Radio Frequencies.

8.8.3 Scaled Range Radio Frequencies to be used while utilizing the range:

Scaled Range 1 Admin Frequency 40.025 2 Firing Frequency 32.050 3 Jump Frequency 41.550 8.9 REFERENCES: FM 3-20.21

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

31

Chapter 9 Mortars 9.1 FIRING CONDITIONS

9.1.1 WARNING- Firing mortars over the heads of unprotected troops by Marine Corps units is not authorized. Firing mortars over the heads of unprotected troops by Army units is not recommended. Mortar ammunition must be certified for overhead fire of unprotected troops. The installation commander may approve firing over the heads of unprotected troops with certified overhead fire mortar ammunition on the basis of acceptable level of risk. Procedural controls to prevent human error (for example, dedicated observer-controllers with the unprotected troops and firing mortars with dedicated communications) will be included in the risk management process.

9.1.2 NLT 90 days prior, units must schedule the Training Area that their stationary Firing Point(s) [FP(s)] and/or Hip-Shoot missions will be located in, and the Impact Area they will be firing into. This will give Range Control the time to draw, verify, and approve the Surface Danger Zones (SDZs) for the requested Firing Points (FPs). Information necessary for Range Control to produce SDZ’s for Mortar units – TFT’s for your weapon system, Mortar size and Ammo to be fired from the firing point.

a) All Mortar firing positions will be located near the boundary of an Impact Area. b) Practice ammunition, including SRTR, is never fired over the heads of troops, per FM 3-

22.90, Appendix B, Safety, page B-13. c) If Mortars are firing as part of a CALFEX or LFX, the SDZ must not encroach on the position(s) of

unprotected troops, regardless of what type of ammunition is being fired.

9.1.3 All Mortar rounds fired must fall within the Impact Area, and must be observed. 9.1.4 When conducting indirect fire missions, the OP must be in the “Open” status with Range Control

before the firing position will be allowed to “Open”. 9.1.5 The Mortar Fire Direction Center (FDC) will have the firing position(s) safety limits entered on a

Safety Diagram, Safety “T”, and on a plotting board map or whiz wheel or on the computer showing the mortar sections impact box and mortar position. The rounds will be plotted as they are called in by the FO’s, so that the FDC can insure that the target grid is in the impact area and follow up rounds are tracked to ensure each round lands in the Impact Area.

9.1.6 Refer to FM 3-22.90, Chapter 1, Section III for additional Mortar Safety Procedures. 9.1.7 Use the following guidelines when firing mortars:

a) All Mortars must be within the base mortar and within 100 meters of the surveyed firing point grid. Reference FM 3-22.90, page 1-6, paragraph 1-31.

b) Any projectile that bursts or lands outside the safety limits, as prescribed by RC Form 16B and the RMTK created SDZ, or any unobserved rounds, will require immediate action and investigation as outlined below, to determine the cause.

1) Cease-Fire-Freeze the Firing Point IMMEDIATELY. 2) Immediately report the incident to Range Control using the Range Accident/Incident Checklist

(see TAB C). 3) Immediately Cease Fire all units, until the responsible unit is identified. 4) Do not change any settings on, or modify the position of, the mortar until Range Control has

completed the investigation. 5) Mortar ammunition stored at mortar positions will not exceed two firing orders (8 rounds). 6) Propellant increments removed from the rounds before firing will be placed in a metal or wood

container located outside the firing vehicle, or 25 meters away from a dismounted Mortar. 7) Replace all safety wires and increments on rounds not used. 8) All personnel who take part in mortar firing will wear a Kevlar helmet and single hearing

protection. If firing the 120 mm Mortar from a carrier, double hearing protection must be worn. Personnel outside the carrier, within 200 meters, will wear single hearing protection.

9) Use Every mortar tube will have some form of visible safety stakes or marks/markers to indicate the right and left limits of fire, exception to the rule is the new mounted 120mm Mortars with the mounted GPS computer tracking system, which tracks and verifies safety limits with its internal system.

10) To prevent accidental functioning of the point detonating elements of fuzes of the M524 series, the fuzes must not be dropped, rolled, or struck under any circumstances.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

32

9.1.8 Excess increments will be burned as soon as possible, and will not be transported from one firing position to another.

a) Increments will be arranged IAW appropriate FM and TC for burning. b) When burning excess increments, all personnel, vehicles, or weapons shall maintain a minimum

distance of 200 meters from the burning area, and a minimum of 1,200 meters from Camp Ripley boundaries.

c) The size of the burning team will be sufficient to serve as road guards, arrange increments, and fight fires that may start.

d) The team will carry a sufficient quantity of water (10 gallons minimum) and shovels. e) All compasses and aiming circles must be declineated for the north or south impact areas, dated,

initialed, and correction factors.

9.1.9 WARNING - Do not transport rounds without safety pins installed. 9.2 MORTAR FIRE CONTROL SYSTEM (MFCS) GUNNERY

9.2.1 Before firing, the PLT SGT/LDR will verify with a PLGR the position and direction of fire for each Mortar, every time they enter a new firing position.

9.2.2 In the event of computer failure, place FP in CHECKFIRE, and then notify the FDC and Range Control immediately. Begin degraded-mode gunnery procedures.

9.2.3 Follow all firing procedures outlined in FM 3-22.90, FM 3-22.91, and TM 9-1220-248-10. 9.2.4 These manuals must be on site for referencing during all types of mortar firing:

a) AR 385-63 or DA PAM 385-63 b) TM 43-0001-28(or the relevant data sheets from the TM for the ammo being used on the site) c) FM 3-22.90 Mortars d) TFT for all Mortar types on site e) TC for FDC Computer system f) TM for weapon system g) Signed Composite Risk Assessment

9.3 HIP-SHOOT FIRE MISSIONS 9.3.1 Units will submit a Hip-Shoot Mission OPLAN and Risk Management Worksheet NLT 90 days

prior to Range Control for review and approval. 9.3.2 Hip-Shoot missions will be conducted along the Impact Area Boundary roads only. 9.3.3 Reference FM 7-90, Appendix F Hip-Shoot Missions, page F-3 for further details.

9.4 SURFACE DANGER ZONES: 9.4.1 The Mortar firing position will give the following information in the RC Form 16B-Mortar

Range Opening/Closing Checklist to Range Control: a) Training Area and Firing Position Grid Coordinates (8-digit minimum) b) Maximum Left Azimuth c) Maximum Right Azimuth d) Maximum Range e) Minimum Range f) DDZ being used (include) – date on SDZ, weapon type, ammo type, fuzes, charge/charges, and

authorizing signature. 9.4.2 The Fire Desk Operator then calls Miller Army Airfield to request the opening of an Air Advisory

Block. 9.4.3 When all safety criteria are met, the Fire Desk Operator will “Open” the Mortar position.

9.5 REFERENCES

9.5.1 FM 3-22.90 9.5.2 FM 3-22.91 9.5.3 FM 7-90 9.5.4 TM 43-0001-28 9.5.5 TM 9-1220-248-10 9.5.6 OP (OBSERVATION POINTS – CHAPTER 1, 1.15.7) 9.5.7 DECLINATION STATIONS (TAB K, RC TABLE DECLINATIONS)

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

33

Chapter 10 Artillery

10.1 FIRING CONDITIONGS – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 10.1.1 An accurate arillery survey system will be used at all firing points for grid location/laying of firing

systems and a different survey system for checking/verification of the Artillery system, i.e., GLPS, PADS, DAGR, Aiming Circles, etc., prior to firing FM 3-09.8 Chapter 2 Safety.

10.1.2 The M67 GLPS can still be used in conjunction with the M2A2 Aiming Circle and the Positioning and Azimuth Determining System (PADS).

10.1.3 Camp Ripley has various locations with large deposits of minerals that affect the use of magnetic direction-finding equipment.

10.1.4 Due to the size of the Camp Ripley impact areas and SDZ requirements for the ammunition, Rocket Assisted Projectiles (RAP) cannot be fired on this installation.

10.1.5 WARNING – Large base fragments weighing 2-3 pounds can travel back up-range as far as 2400 meters from the point of impact to the firing position. This risk is applicable to all M107 rounds. Commanders may adjust surface danger zones and/or location of observers to compensate for the possibility of incoming base fragments, or ensure that observers are in protective cover during fire missions. (Reference AIN 118-05, dated 13 OCT 2005, for further information) Compound B type HE M107 rounds are not impacted

10.1.6 NOTE: Range Control has the list of surveyed safety points (ORSTA to EOL) that are available to validate magnetic direction with survey.

10.1.7 NOTE: Firing will cease when visibility is less than 1/2 mile, unless radar is available.

10.2 FIELD ARTILLERY CANNON – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 10.2.1 The Camp Ripley Post Commander has approved the use of E-7s as OIC. 10.2.2 The minimum QE for 105mm and 155mm indirect fire is 267 mils. 10.2.3 All Artillery rounds fired must be observed. 10.2.4 Any projectile that bursts or lands outside safety limits, or any unobserved rounds, will require

immediate action and investigation, as outlined below to determine the cause. a) Immediately, report the incident to Range Control using the Range Incident Checklist

(see TAB C). b) Immediately, suspend firing of all FA units until the responsible unit is identified. 10.2.5 Continuous communication must be maintained with Range Control on SINCGARS primary

frequency 36.100, or alternate frequency 36.900. 10.2.6 The OP must be in the “Open” status with Range Control, before the firing position will be given

an “Open” status. 10.2.7 All projectiles fired during training will be fuzed with bore-safe fuzes. Firing projectiles without

fuzes is strictly prohibited. 10.2.8 Locate all weapons within a 200-meter radius of the firing point grid. 10.2.9 Place safety stakes, tape, or physical constraints/marks on all towed cannon weapons to insure

safety computer system for tracking rounds during firing missions. 10.2.10 The boundary of the Impact Area will be drawn on the FDC firing chart or have it on your FDC

computer system for tracking rounds during firing missions. 10.2.11 The following manuals (hard copy) must be present, and their usage understood, by the OIC

and RSO at the battery location: a) FM 6-50 b) FM 6-40/MCWP 3-1.6.19 c) TC/TM for FDC computer system d) FM 3-09.8 e) TM for the weapon system f) DA PAM 385-63 or AR 385-63/MCO P3570.1B g) TM 43-0001-28 or at a minimum the pages covering the ammo on the firing point h) TM for weapon system

10.2.12 Overhead firing - The OIC of a firing point or range must insure proper precautions when firing

any fuzes during inclement weather (see TM 43-0001-28) 10.2.13 Powder burning

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

34

a) Units will burn excess powder increments prior to moving to a new firing position. b) An E-7 or above will supervise the burning of excess powder. c) When burning excess powder bags, all personnel, vehicles, or weapons shall maintain a minimum

distance of 200 meters from the burning area, and a minimum of 1,200 meters from Camp Ripley boundaries.

d) Powder will be arranged IAW appropriate FM and TC for burning. e) The size of the powder burning team will be sufficient to serve as road guards, arrange powder bags,

and fight fires that may start. The team will carry a minimum of 10 gallons of water, and shovels as necessary.

10.3 FIELD ARTILLERY CANNON SURFACE DANGER ZONE

10.3.1 Road guards, with communications to the FDC, will be posted on all major roads passing through area E of the firing battery. Area E for Camp Ripley is as follows: 300 m for 105mm, 350 m for 155mm.

10.3.2 Batteries are responsible for ensuring safety requirements regarding Area E are complied with. 10.3.3 Artillery firing positions will be occupied and opened with Range Control utilizing the following

procedures: a) Firing Battery advance party personnel will do normal procedures to place weapon systems in

locations to support the mission. b) The BC or Gunnery Sergeant will use an accurate system to locate an 8 digit grid to be used as

the center of battery grid to insure all guns will be positioned with 200 meters of this point. c) The BC or Gunnery Sergeant will then contact Range Control to submit the FP Grid and the

designated Impact Area. This should be done ASAP, to give Range Control the time to compute SDZ data.

10.4 NON-ESTABLISHED FIRING POINT PROGRAM

10.4.1 This program allows artillery units to occupy any location within a designated training area without regard to established firing points. The program is designed to exercise the command and control elements within artillery units. This increases realism to exercise the command and control elements within artillery units and by providing maximum availability of tactical firing points with out loss of safety.

10.4.2 Artillery units will coordinate use with affected maneuver units prior to occupation of firing points. Maneuver and artillery units, prior to AT or IDT periods, will agree upon terrain utilization. The unit will coordinate with Range Control NLT 72 hours in advance for the training area and time period, for the execution of the program.

10.4.3 Hendrickson Impact Non-Established (HINE) a) Training Areas authorized for use with the HINE program are: 1(west of grid line 9330), 2(north of

grid line 06),4 and 5(east of the 9020 grid line, with the left limit no less then 6376 mil in azimuth); 8, 9, 10(west of grid line 9330), 15, 17 thru 25, 29 thru 33, 35, 37 thru 45, 48, 50 thru 55, 68 thru 71, and 79, south of grid line 30.

b) Each firing position will have a firing chart or map with the HINE target area plotted. Boundaries for the HINE program are from grid UM 89981689, draw a circle with a radius of 1000 meters. All tabulated safety data will remain in this designated circle. For the maximum illumination canister to impact range draw a circle with a radius of 1400 meters from grid UM 89981689. All illumination canisters must fall within this designated range.

c) NO MACS Charge 4H allowed. When firing MACS Charge 3 High Angle missions, units MUST stay BELOW 26,000 feet Maximum Airspace Restriction. The unit must secure and ensure that no personnel are within Area E (350 meters for 155mm and 300 meters for 105mm) by use of barriers or blocking off roads and trails with vehicles. If manning of these barriers is required, guard must have commo with firing battery.

d) OP-1, OP-2, and OP-7 are the Observation Posts for the HINE Program. 10.4.4 Leach Impact Non-Established (LINE)

a) Training Areas authorized for use with the LINE Program are 18 thru 23, 36 Lake Alott area only, 40 thru 45, 49, 50, 54 thru 59, 61 thru 64, 68 thru 71, and 79 (below grid line 30.

b) Each firing position will have a firing chart or map with the LINE target area plotted. Boundaries for the LINE program are from grid UM 92282527, draw a circle with a radius of 760 meters. All tabulated safety data must remain in the designated circle. For maximum illumination to canister impact range draw a circle with a radius of 1400 meters from grid UM 92282527. All illumination canisters must fall within this designated range.

c) NO MACS Charge 4H allowed. When firing MACS Charge 3 High Angle missions, units MUST stay BELOW 26,000 feet Maximum Airspace Restriction. The unit must secure and ensure that no

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

35

personnel are within Area E (350 meters for 155mm and 300 meters for 105mm) by use of barriers or blocking off roads and trails with vehicles. If manning of these barriers is required, guard must have commo with firing battery

d) OP-15, OP-16, OP-19, and OP-23 are the Observation Posts for the LINE Program. 10.4.5 All tabulated safety data will remain in the designated safety box. 10.4.6 All weapons will be located within a 200 meter radius of the firing point grid. 10.4.7 Batteries will be cleared to fire after they have verified their safety data with the battalion FDC,

and transmitted their opening data, using the Range Opening/Closing Checklist to Range Control. 10.4.8 Continuous Communication is maintained with Range Control on primary frequency FM 36.100,

or alternate frequency FM 36.900. 10.4.9 Batteries are responsible for ensuring safety requirements regarding Area E are complied with,

per paragraph 10.3. 10.4.10 For more information concerning the HINE and LINE programs contact Range Control at (320)

616-3137/3134.

10.5 DIRECT FIRE SAFETY 10.5.1 Field Artillery may be fired in the direct mode from the J Range, into Hendrickson Impact Area

only. Maximum Charge is 3G or 1L. 10.5.2 Minimum target engagements are as follows:

a) 105mm - 1100 meters b) 155mm - 1100 meters

10.5.3 Any projectile that bursts or lands outside safety limits, or any unobserved rounds, will require immediate action and investigation, as outlined below to determine the cause.

a) Immediately, report the incident to Range Control using the Range Incident Checklist (see TAB C).

b) Immediately, suspend firing of all FA units until the responsible unit is identified. 10.5.4 Continuous communication must be maintained with Range Control on SINCGARS primary

frequency 36.100, or alternate frequency 36.900.

10.6 PALADIN AND ALL TOWED HOWITZERS: Reference and follow FM 3-09.8, Chapter 2, paragraph 2-18.a., page 2-52 for Paladin Firing Safety information.

10.6.1 PADS, IPADS, or 2 secure PLGRS will be used to obtain center of battery for paladin use at each firing position prior to firing.

10.6.2 Paladin units may travel with fuzed ammunition (only HE/PD) when the onboard fire extinguisher system is operational.

10.6.3 All ammunition must be secured properly prior to transporting. 10.6.4 All howitzers within the 750m goose egg must have a safety present prior to firing and updated

after moving within the goose egg, per FM 3-09.8.

10.7 MULTIPLE LAUNCH ROCKET SYSTEM (MLRS) 10.7.1 Requirements/Procedures for Live-Fire

a) General firing conditions 1) Only M28A1 Reduced Range Practice Rocket (RRPR) can be fired on Camp Ripley, due to the

size of the installation and the impact areas. 2) The RRPR is not certified for overhead fire. All non-mission essential personnel will be cleared

from the entire SDZ. 3) Area F is the area immediately to the rear of the launcher directly exposed to blast

overpressure, fragments, and debris from rocket launcher. Area F extends 350 m on each side of the launcher, and 400 m to the rear of the launcher. Personnel are prohibited from occupying Area F during firing. A noise hazard area extends an additional 500 m past Area F, and may only be occupied by mission essential personnel wearing approved hearing protection.

b) MLRS Firing Points 1) Hendrickson Impact Area center mass grid is UM 90201654. 2) Leach Impact Area center mass grid is UM 91822529. 3) Camp Ripley Maximum Quadrant Elevation (Max QE) is 26,000 feet MSL. 4) For the OPAREA Method of Computing Safety, there are four established Operation Areas on

Camp Ripley: #1-West, #2-Center, #3-East, and #4-Arno. Surface Danger Zone Overlays and SDZ Information Cards are available at Range Control. (see Range Control for updated and changed SDZ’s)

c) For the Firing Point Method of Computing Safety, the firing position will give Range Control the following information in the Range Opening/Closing Checklist:

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

36

1) The Firing Point Grid Coordinate (8-digit minimum) 2) Center Mass of the Targets Grid Coordinate (8-digit minimum) 3) The Fire Desk Operator will then enter these coordinates into the Range Mangers Tool Kit

(RMTK) SDZ Tool. 4) Once the SDZ Tool creates the SDZ, the Fire Desk Operator will ensure that the SDZ falls within

the Impact Area boundaries. 5) The Fire Desk Operator then calls Miller Army Airfield to request the opening of an Air Advisory

Block. 6) When all safety criteria are met, the Fire Desk Operator will “Open” the firing position.

c) Administrative (Unit Responsibility) 1) Provide sufficient detail personnel to serve as a fire fighting team. The team will have an

NCOIC, vehicle with radio, and sufficient firefighting equipment (to include 5 gallon water cans). 2) Provide visual observers positioned to verify warhead event/impact, with binoculars, and a

vehicle with operational radio. They will monitor the designated radio net. Observers will be trained by the unit to determine warhead event/impact location. The observers will have a Camp Ripley map, with a safety overlay.

3) Coordinate with Range Control for Reduced Range Practice Rocket (RRPR) road guard and firefighting equipment requirements and support.

d) Observation of Rounds 1) Radar will be used, in conjunction with forward observers, when visual observation is

limited/restricted. The radar operator will operate in the “Friendly Fire” mode, and the time interval between rockets for multiple round missions will not be less than 30 seconds (if only radar is used).

2) Rockets not observed, or observed out of safe, will be reported immediately to Range Control. The unit will place itself in cease-fire-freeze, pending a determination of the problem resulting in the unobserved, or out of safe, rocket.

10.8 RESTRICTIONS ON FIRING WHITE PHOSPHORUS: Firing of White Phosphorus is prohibited in sensitive wetland areas within the Leach and Hendrickson Impact Areas.

10.8.1 White Phosphorus will not be fired directly into, or within 100 meters of, or have airburst directly over, wetland areas. The sensitive areas, including the 100-meter buffer zone, are identified on a map at Range Control.

10.11 REFERENCES

10.11.1 FM 3-09.60 10.11.2 FM 3-09.70 10.11.3 FM 3-09.8 10.11.4 FM 6-30 10.11.5 FM 6-40 with Change 1 10.11.6 FM 6-50 10.11.7 FM 6-60 10.11.8 USAFAS White Paper, dated 04 DEC 2000 10.11.9 USAFAS White Paper, dated 23 FEB 2001 10.11.10 OP (OBSERVATION POINTS – CHAPTER 1, 1.15.7) 10.11.11 DECLINATION STATIONS (TAB K, RC TABLE DECLINATIONS)

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

37

Chapter 11 Aviation Range Safety - Aerial Gunnery 11.1 GENERAL INFORMATION

11.1.1 Aerial Gunnery is accomplished on the following ranges. a) Center Range – computer operated and remote operated, manually scored. Ammunition allowed:

7.62mm, 50 Cal., and TOW missile (inert). b) East Range - computer operated. Non-Dud producing 20-30mm, 7.62mm, 50 Cal., and TOW

Missile (inert). c) North Range – computer operated and remote operated, manually scored. Ammunition allowed: 7.62mm, 50 Cal.

d) HENDRICKSON and LEACH Impact Areas are used for 20-30mm HE, 7.62mm, .50 Cal., 2.75-inch rocket systems, and TOW missile (inert).

11.1.2 Direct RFMSS Reservation submittal, or an ATS Form 23 must be submitted to the Post Operations Office NLT 90 days prior to reserve the ranges.

11.1.3 Target Matrix must be submitted to Range Control NLT 90 days prior to firing. See blank Target Matrix in TAB J.

11.2 FIRING OPERATIONS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

11.2.1 Qualified standardization instructor pilots, or instructor pilots having immediate access to positive control of the aircraft and weapon systems being fired, will accompany pilots and gunners who are not qualified and current in aircraft during firing. Qualified non-rated crewmember flight instructors, or non-rated crewmember standardization instructors having immediate access to the weapon systems being fired, will accompany door gunners who are not current and qualified.

11.2.2 Pilots and gunners are qualified when they: a) Successfully complete an approved qualification course, or qualification or transition training in

accordance with an approved program of instruction. b) Demonstrate flight and weapon systems proficiency in accordance with TC 3-04.11, FM 3-04.140, and the appropriate aircrew-training manual.

11.2.3 Pilots and gunners will be familiar with the impact area, firing limits, SDZs, and safety regulations for the range on which they will fire.

11.2.4 The firing aircraft pilot in command will ensure that firing aircraft are properly oriented with SDZs and are safe to fire. Command and control aircraft may be used at the commander’s discretion.

11.2.5 Communications will be maintained between the OIC and Range Control. All firing elements must maintain positive two-way communications with the OIC. Firing will be suspended immediately upon loss of communications with Range Control, the OIC, or firing elements.

11.2.6 Airspace routing used by armed aircraft flying from the ammunition-loading site to the firing range and return will be plotted on a map or chart, and will be maintained by both the using unit and Range Control. This course will be selected so that accidental firing at any point on the course will minimize risk to life and property.

11.2.7 Crash rescue personnel will be knowledgeable of safety precautions associated with armed aircraft and impact areas, and the hazards associated with burned aircraft (for example, radioactive and advanced composite materials).

11.2.8 The OIC of aerial gunnery ranges must be aircraft and weapon system qualified, and is in charge of the entire range operation.

a) The OIC must observe all aspects of aerial gunnery - this may require the OIC to be airborne with communication to Range Control.

b) The OIC ensures firing aircraft is properly positioned within established SDZ. c) The OIC conducts a Safety Briefing before firing to include location of firing points, range limits,

start and cease fire lines, target areas and malfunction/emergency landing sites. d) Malfunction pads must accommodate SDZ for the aircraft weapon system, or a natural or man-

made barrier to contain accidental discharge of weapon systems. 11.2.9 The RSO is weapon systems qualified, and is responsible for monitoring range operations to

ensure compliance with range safety procedures. The RSO reports directly to the range OIC. 11.3 FIRING CONDITIONS - GENERAL PROCEDURES

11.3.1 Commanders will develop and implement an aggressive program to ensure crew coordination and target identification procedures concurrent with the gunnery-training program.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

38

11.3.2 Aircraft weapon systems will be loaded or unloaded only in approved areas. Selection of these areas will ensure total containment in the event of accidental discharge. The weapon systems dispersion angle and maximum range will be considered if natural or manmade barriers are not used.

11.3.3 The master arm switch will be placed in the safe position before leaving any firing position. Prior to leaving a range area, firing aircraft will be statically grounded; weapon switches turned off, and inspected to ensure that no ammunition remains on board the aircraft. The RSO will ensure that all weapon systems are clear of ammunition, and placed on safe prior to departing the range.

11.3.4 When training requirements dictate, BN Commanders or higher may direct the loading and unloading of ammunition from aircraft while the engines are running. Such operations are authorized when a thorough Composite Risk Management Worksheet (DA Form 7566) has been conducted, control measures implemented, and residual risks identified and accepted by the appropriate commander.

11.3.5 When conducting running fires, ground markers are required for the start and cease-fire lines. Hover fire requires marking of the firing position. Markers may be illuminated and thermalized when thermal weapon sights are used to ensure proper target area identification at times of limited visibility. Additional ground markings may be used at the discretion of the commanding officer or the RCO.

11.3.6 Qualified and current pilots or gunners require only start and cease fire line markings, day and night.

11.3.7 Pilots or gunners that are not qualified or current in aircraft or weapon systems, require a ground marking for both day and night firing points and limits of fire.

11.3.8 Ammunition loading and unloading is only accomplished in areas approved by the RCO. 11.3.9 Before aircraft move to a refueling point, they will have all rockets unloaded, and all guns

cleared and safe. Aircraft hot refueling is prohibited without approval of the RCO. 11.3.10 Diving fire is prohibited without approval of the RCO. 11.3.11 TOW guided missile wire will be recovered by ground personnel after each aircraft fire mission. 11.3.12 Range Control will designate emergency landing areas for use by aircraft experiencing

weapons malfunctions or in-flight emergencies. 11.3.13 Lasers will be used as outlined in Chapter 16 of this regulation. 11.3.14 Fuel spill materials (spill kits) will be on site at each refuel area or FARP. Fuel tankers used to

refuel aircraft will be equipped with sufficient absorbent material to handle small to moderate spills.

11.4 GUNNERY OPERATIONS 11.4.1 Door gunnery operations will be conducted according to FM 3-04.140, and the appropriate TM

for the specific type of aircraft. 11.4.2 All personnel on the aircraft when firing weapons will wear at least approved single hearing

protection. 11.4.3 Training operations conducted in conjunction with aerial rocket firing will be suspended if

sustained winds or gusts exceed 30 knots.

11.5 REFERENCES 11.5.1 FM 3-04.140 w/Change 1 11.5.2 TC 3-04.11

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

39

Chapter 12 Air Defense Artillery Weapon Systems 12.1 GENERAL INFORMATION: Due to the size of the Camp Ripley Installation, none of the current ADA weapon systems are authorized for live fire. The M3P .50 Cal. Machine Gun may be fired from the Avenger.

12.2 AIR DEFENSE RADIO CONTROLLED MINIATURE AERIAL TARGET (RCMAT)

12.2.1 Use of RCMATs will be requested on ATS Form 23. CommandersO-5 (O-4P) and above, will submit a Safety Memorandum (see TAB J for sample document), listing those individuals who have been trained and tested on the operation of RCMATs. Operators will attend a Range Control Safety Briefing prior to range operations.

12.2.2 RCMATs will not be flown over troops, or within 200 meters of the Camp Ripley boundaries. All RCMATs will be grounded immediately, if aircraft are observed in the area.

12.2.3 All precautions in TM 9-1550-416-10/14 will be followed. Range Control will coordinate with Miller Army Airfield during RCMATs training.

12.2.4 Use of RCMATs in the Cantonment Area will be coordinated through the Camp Ripley Operations Office, as well as Camp Ripley Security, NLT 14 days in advance. 12.3 REFERENCE: FM 44-18-1

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

40

Chapter 13 Chemical Agents, Smoke, and Aircraft Spray 13.1 GENERAL

13.1.1 NOTE: Red smoke and Red Star Clusters are not necessarily used for emergency situations and can be used for training.

13.1.2 C Range is the authorized NBC Course/Gas Chamber. 13.1.3 The OIC and RSO must meet rank/grade requirements of Table 1-1, page 2, of this Regulation. 13.1.4 Operational requirements:

a) The range must have two forms of communications to open and close the range with Range Control.

b) Hourly communication checks are not required, but the site must monitor Range Control SINCGARS primary frequency 36.100, or alternate frequency 36.900, during smoke and chemical agent operations.

c) Medical support is required on site. Units using the C Range may utilize medical support assets from other A-Complex facilities, provided communications are in place.

13.1.5 Personnel will carry their protective masks in training when using: a) Fog oil b) HC (Hexachloroethane zinc). HC smoke can kill if improperly used. This smoke contains

corrosive substances that can destroy lung tissue, causing the lungs to fill with fluid in a condition known as “Dry-Land Drowning.” In some cases, the body can also be poisoned by zinc metal oxide in the smoke. The problem symptomatic effects are usually delayed. Soldiers do not realize they inhaled too much until hours, or even days, after the exposure.

c) RP (Red Phosphorous) d) WP (White Phosphorous) e) Colored and diesel smokes f) All Riot Control agents

13.1.6 Personnel will utilize their protective masks: a) Before exposure to any concentration of smoke from M8 white smoke grenades or HC smoke

pots. b) When operating in smoke that has a visibility less than 50 meters. c) When operating in a smoke haze with visibility greater than 50 meters for over 4 hours. d) For smoke generator operator personnel when it is impossible to stay up-wind of the smoke.

e) When using smoke in MOUT training, HC smoke will not be used anywhere within the MOUT site, or any enclosed areas such as buildings, trenches, vehicles, etc. 13.2 RIOT CONTROL AGENTS

13.2.1 The use of riot control agents and smoke operations on Camp Ripley must be coordinated with Range Control NLT 30 days in advance. Required information is:

a) Type of agent or smoke to be used b) Proposed location of exercise c) Quantity to be used d) Duration of use e) Date and time of usage

13.2.2 Personnel must be evaluated by unit medical personnel, prior to being exposed to riot control agents, to ensure they are free of the following health conditions:

a) Respiratory ailments b) Active dermatitis, to include severe facial acne c) Pregnancy

13.2.3 Authorized riot control agents on Camp Ripley are: a) CS b) CSX c) CS-1 d) CS-2 e) CR

13.2.4 NOTE: Only CS in capsule form may be used in the CS Chamber. NO EXCEPTIONS!

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

41

13.2.5 Only chemical qualified soldiers may supervise the use of riot control agents. Officers are considered chemical qualified if they possess AOC 74A or SSI 3R. Enlisted soldiers are considered chemical qualified if they possess MOS 54B or SQI C.

13.2.6 Riot Control agents will not be used under conditions that are dangerous to life or property. The use of riot control agents is limited to 1200 meters from Camp Ripley boundaries, 500 meters from the nearest heavily traveled road, and 1200 meters from the Cantonment Area, Ammunition Supply Point, and Miller Army Airfield.

13.2.7 Unprotected personnel will not be exposed to riot control agents for no longer than 15 seconds. 13.2.8 Reduce the MOPP level under high heat stress conditions whenever possible.

13.3 SMOKE: The use of smoke in training poses special health and safety issues. See paragraph 13.1 for safety precautions.

13.3.1 Soldiers involved in FTXs using smoke must receive a Safety Briefing concerning the use of smoke from their chain of command.

13.3.2 CS and HC hand grenades will not be fired closer than 30 meters from personnel, or used in confined spaces such as tents, vehicles, buildings, and occupied tunnels.

13.3.3 FS (sulfur trioxide-chlorosulfonic acid solution) and FM (titanium tetrachloride) smoke will not be used in training.

13.3.4 NOTE: Do not detonate a smoke grenade closer than 1200 meters from Camp Ripley boundaries, public roads, or other restricted areas, as determined by the RCO. 13.4 SMOKE POTS

13.4.1 Request for the use of smoke generators and smoke pots must be submitted to Range Control NLT 48 hours in advance. Requests will include location, duration of smoke, and dispersion pattern.

13.4.2 M-5 Smoke pots must: a) Be maintained and kept dry prior to use. b) Not be fired inside any enclosed or poorly ventilated area. c) Have glasses or eye protection in use when igniting. d) Be 5 meters from friendly troops.

e) Have 30 meters of WD-1/TT wire when being electrically fired.

13.4.3 Danger - To prevent facial burns, never allow the firers face over the top of the smoke pot while igniting the striker.

13.4.4 Select an area free from ignitable material to eliminate the possibility of range fires when using smoke pots

13.4.5 Smoke pots or smoke generators will not be used within 1200 meters of the ASP, Cantonment Area, Miller Army Airfield, public highways, or the Camp Ripley boundaries. 13.5 AIRCRAFT SPRAY: Aerial disbursement of chemical training agents will be considered on a case-by-case basis, with coordination through the Range Control Office. The chemical OIC must submit the request NLT 30 days in advance. Requests must include the following items:

13.5.1 Grid Location 13.5.2 Type of chemical agent 13.5.3 Type of aircraft used for disbursement 13.5.4 Altitude of disbursement 13.5.5 Duration of each disbursement 13.5.6 Amount of agent to be disbursed 13.5.7 SOPs covering all contingencies and safety procedures 13.5.8 Composite Risk Management Worksheet (DA Form 7566)

13.6 REFERENCES

13.6.1 FM 3-11.11 13.6.2 FM 3-11.22 13.6.3 FM 3-50 13.6.4 FM 3-101-1

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

42

Chapter 14 Non-Lethal Weapons 14.1 DEFINITION: Department of Defense Directive (DODD) 3000.3 defines non-lethal weapons (NLW) as "weapons that are explicitly designed and primarily employed so as to incapacitate personnel or materiel while minimizing fatalities, permanent injury to personnel, and undesired damage to property and the environment." Furthermore, “unlike conventional lethal weapons that destroy their targets principally through blast, penetration, and fragmentation, NLW employ means other than gross physical destruction to prevent the target from functioning. NLW are intended to have relatively reversible effects on personnel and materiel." 14.2 GENERAL

14.2.1 NOTE: The use of NLW/Less-Lethal Weapons are required to use the range control BLANKS/SIMUNITIONS/LESS-LETHAL RANGES OPENING/CLOSING CHECKLIST.

14.2.2 The term "non-lethal" does not mean zero mortality or nonpermanent damage. Fatal injuries can occur if munitions are employed at a distance that is less than the determined minimum safe engagement range.

14.2.3 The Inter-Service Non-Lethal Individual Weapons Instructors Course is the only course in the Department of Defense that is certified to produce instructors who will train individuals in the proper employment of NLWs.

14.2.4 Purpose: This outline provides a base plan for range operations and range safety from which commanders can design safe realistic training that meets the needs of their subordinate units for conducting Less-Lethal Weapons Training.

14.2.5 Less-Lethal Weapons Concept of Training a) To train units from the individual level up to the commands level on the usage and employment of

Less-Lethal technology both in civil disturbance and combat operations. b) This training is based on doctrine, tactics, techniques, and procedures. It does not replace a

commander’s lethal capability. The use of Less-Lethal adds to the number of options a commander can use. It gives a course of action when the use of lethal force may not be the best call for the situation.

14.2.6 Safety Considerations: a) Less-Lethal Weapons are non-lethal by design and intent only. Failure to adhere to the

Minimum Safe Distance (MSD) will result in serious bodily injury or DEATH! b) All troops on the firing line must wear eye & ear protection, as well as helmet and IBA. c) Lethal ammo and Less-Lethal ammo will be stored separately. d) Never point a laser (Class 2 or Higher) at anyone’s face for more than 5 seconds. e) Troops training with EMDs (X26 & X26E Taser) are not authorized to take a live stun from an

EMD. It is prohibited to use on US soldiers by the Dept. of the Army. f) OC spray training must be done by strict DOD standard using an INIWIC instructor. OC spray

training will not be done inside of a building or enclosed structure. g) The LRAD must be approved through Range Control NLT 90 days prior to us

14.2.7 Authorized Weapons

Authorized Weapons Ammunition # of Rounds M320 40mm NLWM Per training requirements

FN 303 Cal. .68 Cal. Projectile Per training requirements (the use of the Ca. permanent paint and OC round are prohibited)

VADs N/A N/A Wave Technology N/A N/A Light Technology N/A N/A Acoustic Technology N/A N/A X26/X26 E (EMD) Air Cartridge Per training requirements OC Spray Inert / live Per training requirements Shotgun 12 gage 12 GA. NLWM Per training requirements Multi Launchers 40MM Per training requirements VMS M5 MCCM Per training requirements M315 Air Cartridge Per training requriements

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

43

14.2.8 Authorized Munitions

Less-Lethal Munitions Minimum Safe Distance Engagement Ranges 12 GA. Beanbag (USMC) AA29 30m Point=30m

Area=50m 12 GA. M1021 Fin Stabilized (ARMY) AA51

10m Point=10-20m

12 GA. Fin Stabilized (USMC) AA31 15m Point=15-30m Area=Beyond 30m

12 GA. M1013 Crowd Dispersal (ARMY) AA52

10m Point=10-20m Area=Beyond 30m

40mm M1029 Crowd Dispersal (Army) BA13

10m Point=10-30m Area=Beyond 30m

40mm Rubber Ball (USMC) BA08 10m Point=10m Area=10-50m

40mm Foam Baton (USMC) BA07 10m Point=10m Area=10-30m

40mm M1006 Sponge Grenade (Army) BA06

10m Point=10-50m Area=Beyond 50m

Rubber Ball Grenade (USMC) GG04 4m Effective blast range=2-3m Effective range=15-20m / 50-70m with launching cup

M5 MCCM (Army) WA97 5m Area = 5-15m 12 GA Launching Cartridge N/A N/A M84 Stun Grenade (Army) GG09 N/A N/A (M315 Munitions) CS-L96A1, M98 Flash Bang, M99 Non-Lethal Blunt Trauma

50m Area=50-100m

12 GA. Beanbag (USMC) AA29 30m Point=30m Area=50m

14.2.9 Range Usage: Any Established Range may be utilized for Non-Lethal weapons training and

qualification IAW the Camp Ripley Range Operations Appendix. Non-established ranges may be used to conduct less-lethal weapons training when applicable. Using unit must turn in a target matrix and training plan to Range Control NLT 90 days prior of the use of a non-established range.

14.2.10 NOTE: ALL Simunitions, CCMK, and Non-Lethal Weapons to OPEN the ranges with an OIC and RSO, have a Range Flag Up, and perform Hourly Commo Checks. 14.3 REFERENCES

14.3.1 AR 385-63 14.3.2 FM 100-1 14.3.3 FM 7.0 14.3.4 FM 7.1 14.3.5 FM 25.4 14.3.6 MCRP 3-0A 14.3.7 MCRP 3-0B 14.3.8 FM 3-19.10 14.3.9 FM 90-40 14.3.10 FM 3-07.22 14.3.11 MCI 7400 14.3.12 FN 303 OPERATORS MANUAL 14.3.13 M2 (VLAD) TM 5-4240-536-10 14.3.14 M1 (PVAD) TM 9-6350-382-12

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

44

Chapter 15 Mines, Firing Devices, Trip Flares, Simulators, and Explosive Charges 15.1 GENERAL

15.1.1 The OIC and RSO must meet rank/grade requirements from Table 1-1, TAB K, of this Regulation.

15.1.2 L Range and six other sites are the only approved demolitions training sites in the field training area, per the Camp Ripley Environmental Noise Management Plan, dated AUG 1999. See list in Chapter 18, 18.7.3.

15.1.3 Units must submit their DEMO Plans to Range Control NLT 90 days prior to range usage. Plans must include wiring diagrams and TNT equivalency conversions.

15.1.4 General safe practices for handling and transporting explosives are prescribed in TM 9-1375-213-12, FM 3.34.214, and DA Pamphlet 385-64.

15.1.5 A Five (5)-minute to Initiation, AND a One (1)-minute to Blast, warning calls to Range Control are required for all demolition blasts.

15.1.6 DANGER - Do not conduct demolition work during an electrical storm, snow storm, or near any device that emits static electricity.

15.1.7 DANGER - Handle blasting caps with extreme care and always carry them in a cap box or non-metallic container to provide protection against shock.

15.1.8 DANGER - Do not store blasting caps closer than 25 feet from explosives.

15.1.9 NOTE: All poundage listed in this chapter is in TNT equivalents.

15.1.10 Gases released by detonation of explosives are toxic. Avoid exposure to fumes. Position personnel upwind from detonation points, and wait until the smoke and fumes disperse before proceeding down range.

15.1.11 Buried charges will be primed with detonating cord leading to above ground electric or non-electric blasting caps. Blasting caps will not be buried underground as they are sensitive to shock and may detonate if hit by a metal tool or other hard object.

15.1.12 Detonating cord should be used to prime charges on above ground charges to minimize the need to use blasting caps. Once the explosive charges are primed with detonating cord, the detonating cord will be initiated with an above ground electric, non-electric blasting cap, or modernized demolition initiator (MDI).

15.1.13 Detonation circuits will not be connected or armed on any munitions unless the intent is to detonate the munitions. When munitions are to be detonated, the area will be cleared of all non-mission essential personnel. Live blasting caps or other live detonators will not be located at training sites if munitions are not to be detonated.

15.1.14 All personnel on any demolitions range will wear a Kevlar helmet, protective body armor, single hearing protection, and ballistic eye protection, regardless of their position on the range.

15.1.15 Only mission essential personnel will be allowed in the SDZ during firings. 15.1.16 Mixing of live and inert demolitions for training is prohibited. 15.1.17 When temporary open storage of explosives is used, stacks will not exceed 500 lbs. of

explosives. Distance between stacks will not be less than 45 meters. Demolitions simulators are considered live munitions.

15.1.18 Prepare charges a minimum of 25 feet from stored demolitions. 15.1.19 Test all electrical blasting caps with a galvanometer before connecting to any explosive circuit. 15.1.20 Procedures in FM 3.34.214 and DA Pamphlet 385-63 (Chapter 15, Section 15-1, Paragraphs

d., e., and f) will be followed for all demolitions training on Camp Ripley. Both publications, as well as RC Form 5 (Surface Danger Area Overlay Information Safety Card/Demo), must be on the demolition site at all times. Contact Range Control for questions regarding specific types of demolition charges, fired on various target media.

15.1.21 Pack unexpended demolitions in original containers and return to the ASP.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

45

15.2 DEMOLITIONS AND EXPLOSIVES 15.2.1 L Range is an Established Demolition Range, complete with viewing bunker. The southern

portion of the range is the Small Charge Area (less than 100 lbs.). The northern portion is the Large Charge Area (100-200 lbs.). A full Bangalore Torpedo kit can be fired here. See range map in TAB A.

15.2.2 DEMO-5 is the new Light Demolitions Range UM 89562718 (located in TA 73). Maximum allowed charge is 100 lbs. TNT equivalent.

15.2.3 NOTE: The maximum allowable charge is the equivalent of 200 pounds of TNT per blast, 10 times per year, during daylight hours only, and a minimum of 30 minutes between blasts.

15.2.4 There are five approved Field Training Area Demolition Sites. They are:

1. DEMO-1 UM 91321336 M Range Demo Site 2. DEMO-2 UM 91851580 OP-2 Demo Site 3. DEMO-3 UM 87841521 Located to the SE of Chain Barrier C-5 / Located in TA40 4. DEMO-4 UM 90342588 Located at the Seal Cabin 5. DEMO-6 UM 90782840 Located in TA75

15.2.5 The Live-Fire Exercise Breach Facility (BREACH) is also an approved demolition site. The main purposed of the range is for breach training utilizing using breaching charges only.

15.2.6 Bangalore Torpedoes are limited to ½ Kit (5 sections) per shot in the DEMO-1 through DEMO-6 Sites.

15.2.7 The firing, handling, storing, and transporting of explosives will be IAW the provisions set forth in DA Pamphlet 385-63, this Regulation, FM 3.34.214, TM 9-1300-206, and TM 9-1375-200.

15.2.8 Demolition explosives and associated items forecast for training are the responsibility of the using unit.

15.2.9 A five-minute and a one-minute warning will be transmitted to Range Control prior to initiating any firing device. Range Control must be notified when blasting is complete.

15.2.10 Demolition operations will be discontinued during, or upon the approach of, an electrical storm. 15.2.11 The OIC will ensure that personnel are at least the minimum safe distances as prescribed in

DA Pamphlet 385-63, before any demolition is fired. Charges will not be detonated until all personnel are at the safe distances.

15.2.12 Priming personnel must wear protective body armor while priming charges. All charges will be dual primed and set in place, not thrown.

15.2.13 After the demolition exercise is completed, the area will be checked for unfired demolitions and explosives.

15.2.14 Charges placed on steel are not to exceed 2 pounds unless use of an approved steel-cutting chamber is used, then the charges placed on steel will not exceed the chamber rating. Steel cutting charges will be fired within an appropriate confining structure in an excavated pit at least 1 meter deep. If fired in an open pit, a mat made of hemp-type material must cover the charge.

15.2.15 Insertion of blasting caps in charges will be performed by not more than five personnel, under the supervision of one supervisor (protective body armor is required). The remainder of the unit will withdraw to a safe position prior to insertion.

15.2.16 Trees larger than 2 inches in diameter will not be cut without the approval, and marking by, of the Training Area Coordinator.

15.2.17 All debris from demolitions and associated activities will be removed, and craters will be filled and compacted.

15.2.18 The firing unit is responsible for covering all holes resulting from blasts. Range Control will inspect the area prior to clearing the area.

15.2.19 Demolition misfires are the responsibility of the individual(s) who set the charge. Follow procedures outlined in Chapter 6, section II, FM 3.34.214.

15.2.20 NOTE: The maximum allowable charge for the five additional sites is the equivalent of 150 pounds of TNT per blast, during daylight hours only, with a minimum of 30 minutes between blasts. 15.3 FIRING DEVICES

15.3.1 Electrical firing will be used with extreme caution and will be replaced with non-electric firing systems when the possibility exists of unintentional detonation from extraneous electrical sources.

15.3.2 Electric firing will not be performed in training within 155 meters of energized power lines.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

46

15.3.3 Static electricity creates a potential hazard when explosive training operations are being conducted.

15.3.4 A dual electric disconnect system will be used when installing electrical firing systems on demolitions. The main source of power will be turned off and a lockout device will be used.

15.3.5 Instructions in TM 9-1375-213-12 will be followed when installing, arming, and disarming firing devices.

15.3.6 Firing devices and fuzes either with or without the standard bases will not be pointed at personnel.

15.3.7 Standard bases containing unfired percussion caps, firing devices, and fuzes will not be carried in the pocket.

15.3.8 Standard bases containing unfired percussion caps will be kept separated from firing devices and fuzes until the firing device or fuze is ready to be installed in the mine or booby trap.

15.3.9 Safety pins on firing devices and fuzes should be checked for ease of movement before attaching the standard base.

15.3.10 Before removing the tripwire, the positive safety will be installed on armed firing devices or fuzes having a tripwire attached. 15.4 SHAPED CHARGES

15.4.1 Shaped charges will be oriented so that gas jets will be directed toward the target. Charges should be placed on the side of the target nearest the observers when practicable, so that the blast is directed away from them. Observers will be at least 100 meters away in a missile-proof shelter, 275 meters away in a defilade, or 1000 meters away for unprotected personnel from shaped charges when firing.

15.4.2 All personnel will wear Kevlar helmets, protective body armor, and single hearing protection. Eye protection should be worn. 15.5 BANGALORE TORPEDOES

15.5.1 Bangalore Torpedoes will only be fired in a horizontal position on the ground. 15.5.2 Personnel will be in a missile-proof shelter 100 meters from the charge, or 200 meters away in a

defilade. 15.5.3 All personnel will wear Kevlar helmets, protective body armor, and single hearing protection.

Eye protection should also be worn. 15.6 MINE-CLEARING LINE CHARGE (MICLIC)

15.6.1 Because of high exhaust temperatures, the MICLIC will not be towed behind a M1 series tank. 15.6.2 Spectators will not be allowed within the SDZ or noise hazard area during firing. 15.6.3 Only firing personnel are allowed in Area F. 15.6.4 The M68 inert charge should not be fired more than three times, as additional firings may result

in the breakage of the charge blocks cord and/or erratic flight of the rocket. 15.7 CRATERING CHARGES

15.7.1 The minimum safe/standoff distance for personnel not in missile-proof shelters are as follows: a) Up to 5 lbs.-100 meters b) Up to 66 lbs.-300 meters c) Over 66 lbs.-500 meters

15.7.2 Personnel located in a missile-proof shelter may be located 100 meters from the detonation site. 15.7.3 All personnel will wear Kevlar helmet, protective body armor, and single hearing protection. Eye

protection should be worn. 15.7.4 All cratering charges will be dual primed with detonating cord. Use of M151 and M152 for dual

priming is authorized. Blasting caps will not be placed underground. Electric or non-electric caps will be attached to the detonating cord above ground. 15.8 MINES

15.8.1 Practice and inert mines will be color-coded and will have the appropriate identification marking stenciled on them. Service, practice, inert mines, and fuzes will not be mixed.

15.8.2 Practice mines and their fuzes contain a small, low explosive charge or a smoke producing increment. They will be color-coded and separated.

15.8.3 Claymore mines a) Claymore mines can be fired on J or L Ranges, or on other sites approved by RCO. b) Prior to firing, the OIC checks all mines to ensure that the following has been done:

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

47

1) Mines are installed correctly and facing into the impact area. 2) The face of the mine marked "Front Toward Enemy", and the arrows on top of the mine, are

pointed down range. 3) All mines will be secured until the range OIC directs their issue. 4) Emplaced mines will not be disarmed except by order of the OIC. 5) Firing devices will only be connected at the command of the OIC. 6) When more than one mine is to be fired, the OIC will ensure that previous firings have not

dislodged the other mines in the impact area. 7) After firing, the impact area will be inspected to ensure that all mines have detonated. 8) When mines are fired, no personnel can be within the 16 meters back blast area. Personnel

located in the 16-100 meters back blast area will be in a fighting position, or behind an approved berm. 9) All personnel will wear Kevlar helmet, protective body armor, and single hearing protection. Eye

protection should be worn. 10) Misfires will be handled IAW FM 23-23.

15.8.4 The Volcano multiple delivery mine system is a rapid mine dispensing system for launching antitank mines from various vehicles. The ground system uses 5-ton cargo or dump trucks to dispense the mines. RC Form 1 must be on site for proper deployment of the Volcano, per the SDZ. 15.9 TRIP FLARES (M48 AND M49)

15.9.1 Use inert flares to teach students in the use, emplacement, and fuzing of service flares. 15.9.2 Fence or guard each service trip flare used in training to prevent personnel from approaching

within 2 meters of the emplaced flare. 15.9.3 Clear trip flare positions of flammable material to prevent accidental fires. Do not use the M48

trip flare in areas where fire could cause serious damage . 15.10 SIMULATORS

15.10.1 M80 explosive simulators detonate 3 to 5 seconds after ignition of the fuse cord and are capable of causing serious injury. Fuse cord tips should not be split, since this reduces burning time, and increases the potential for injury to personnel. Do not use M1 and M2 type fuse igniters to ignite the M80 fuse cord or hold the M80 simulator when ignited.

15.10.2 Procedures for the safe use of other simulators are contained in TM 9-1370-206-10, TM 9-1370-207-10, and TM 9-1370-208-10. No attempt will be made to disarm or disassemble simulators.

15.10.3 Commercially manufactured fireworks (designated for civilian use) will not be handled, stored, or used in any way by military personnel on any installation.

15.10.4 An OIC trained in demolitions supervises emplacement and firing of the detonator. Emplace IAW procedures outlined in FM 30-101.

15.10.5 Each unit must have a dedicated evacuation vehicle with qualified medical aid personnel, and a unit fire fighting team available in the immediate vicinity, after the simulator is exploded. These personnel remain until the area is cleared.

15.10.5 IED Simulation Kit: The IED Simulation kit and BES provides the tools required to train war fighters for one of the deadliest killers on today’s battlefield.

a) The IED Simulation kit consists of the following: 1 large Simulator IED (T155FT-V2) 1 Receiver/Transmitter (RT01K4) 1 Mortar Launcher (T81MSD) 1 Pipe Bomb (T50PB) 1 Land Mine (T80PM) 1 Booby Trap (T12TWC) 1 Suicide Bomber Vest (T48SBV)

b) Camp Ripley has 2 IED Simulation kits. c) A 2-hour class is required for the Unit’s OIC/RSO before they are allowed to draw the equipment.

The class is conducted at Supply and Services, Bldg.2-207, 320-616-3129. d) IED Simulation kit must be requested NLT 90 days in advance. Request for use of the simulators

goes through Supply and Services. e) Prior to using the kit, the Unit must give the location of the IED Simulation Kit usage to Range

Control.

15.10.6 NOTE: The OIC declares the area is clear before any personnel are permitted within 500 feet of the blast point.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

48

15.10.7 The OIC ensures no loose rocks or other objects, which could serve as missiles, are above the ground, within 18 inches of the sound charge.

15.10.8 Locate the firing point upwind from the point of detonation.

15.10.9 CAUTION - Do not remove the cardboard separator, which is stapled just above the smoke charge. Removal of the separator damages the cables and may result in a malfunction of the simulator. 15.11 LIVE FIRE EXERCISE BREACH FACILITY: The Breach Facility is used to train soldiers the technical aspects of breaching techniques on a semi-annual basis. It is also used to train TTPs and explosive techniques not trained on any other type range.

15.11.1 This range has three separate training technique stations: a) Station 1-Door Breaching-this station has a facade that is 8 feet high with a door opening of 33

inches by 80 inches. Soldiers can conduct mechanical, thermal, ballistic, and explosive door breaching techniques.

1) Units must let Range Control know if they are going to do shotgun training to breach the door in the units Demo plan.

b) Station 2-Wall Breaching-this station contains a facade that measures 8 feet high by 20.5 inches wide. Soldiers can conduct mechanical, thermal, ballistic, and explosive wall breaching.

c) Station 3-Window Breaching-this station contains a facade that measures 8 feet high with three window openings measuring 32.75 inches by 38.75 inches.

15.11.2 Use C4 to breach hard targets (masonry construction items). 15.11.3 Civilian agencies that utilize this facility will be responsible for replacing all doors and windows

that are destroyed during training. 15.11.4 Charges will not be placed on the metal studs in the Station 2 facade. 15.11.5 All other safety measures listed in this chapter, DA Pamphlet 385-63, FM 3.34.214, and the

Breach Facility SOP must be followed. 15.11.6 Maximum charge is 4 lbs. on this range.

15.11.7 NOTE: ALL UNITS MUST ORDER DOOR MATERIAL AND WINDOWS THROUGH

AUTOMATED TARGET SYSTEMS (320-616-3132/3133) NLT 90 DAYS PRIOR. CIVILIAN AGENCIES THAT UTILIZE THE RANGE MUST REPLACE THE DOORS AND WINDOWS THAT THEY UTILIZE. 15.12 REFERENCES

15.12.1 FM 3-34 15.12.2 FM 3-34.2 15.12.3 FM 3-34.22 15.12.4 FM 3-34.210 15.12.5 FM 3-34.214 w/Change 1 15.12.6 FM 23-23 15.12.7 TM 9-1300-206 15.12.8 TM 9-1375-200 15.12.9 TM 9-1370-206-10 15.12.10 TM 9-1370-207-10 15.12.11 TM 9-1370-208-10 15.12.12 TM 9-1375-213-12

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

49

Chapter 16 Laser Range Safety 16.1 GENERAL: The concept of laser range safety is to prevent intra-beam viewing by unprotected personnel. This chapter prescribes safety procedures to be followed in the use of laser devices.

16.1.1 Lasing is authorized from Range Control approved surveyed positions only. 16.1.2 The laser (Tank, BFV, G/VLLD) will be treated like a direct fire weapon, such as a tank main gun

or 25 mm cannon, and must be coordinated accordingly. Aircrews will not conduct any over the horizon lasing.

16.1.3 The use of lasers is authorized on the following ranges: OP-1, OP-16, North, East, West, Center, and any point approved by Range Control.

16.1.4 Any case of suspected eye exposure to laser radiation will be immediately reported to Range Control for medical evacuation, to ensure performance of an eye examination within 24 hours of exposure. A Range Accident/Incident Checklist will be filled out and submitted to Range Control immediately (see TAB C).

16.1.5 Aircrews conducting laser operations will wear laser protective eyewear as required. 16.1.6 Night vision devices will not be used for laser eye protection devices. These devices are not

“coverall” goggles. Laser energy may enter the eye from reflections or from around the tubes. These devices can be bloomed (white out), damaged, or destroyed from exposure to laser radiation.

16.1.7 NOTE: Lasers will be treated as direct-fire weapons. 16.2 PRECAUTIONS FOR LASER DEVICES: Laser devices can seriously injure the unprotected eyes of individuals within the laser beam. Intra-beam viewing of either the direct beam or the beam reflected from a mirror-like surface exposes the unprotected eye to a potential hazard and must be avoided.

16.3 FIRING CONDITIONS

16.3.1 In addition to instructions on particular laser devices or simulators, the following information is specific for this regulation and installation:

a) OIC and RSO must be certified IAW DA Pamphlet 385-63, and have a Safety Certification Memorandum on file at Range Control.

b) The OIC and RSO must receive the Range Control Safety Briefing from Range Control prior to opening any range.

c) The RSO will conduct a detailed safety briefing to the unit conducting laser operation, prior to opening range.

d) Medical personnel are not required on the laser range. However, proper channels for obtaining medical assistance should be identified prior to opening the range.

e) Continuously monitor Range Control primary frequency 36.100, and perform hourly communication checks.

f) Warning signs must be posted, and barriers emplaced, to prevent unprotected personnel from moving forward of the firing line.

g) A red range flag will be displayed when the range is open. h) Lasing markers, internal and external, must be emplaced by the unit to identify the left and right

limits (see TC 25-8 pages C-4 and C-5). i) An approved RC Form 6 (Surface Danger Area Overlay Information Card-Laser) must be utilized

for obtaining left and right deflection limits, and vertical angles. 1) Laser firing points with different safety data on the RC Form 6 (i.e. right and left limits) require

separate OICs and RSOs for each firing point. 2) Emplace the laser directly over the surveyed positioned stake, which is cemented in the ground,

or to the left or right of a tracked vehicle. 3) Ensure adequate backstop is provided for all targets being lased, and target area is free of

specular (mirror-like) surfaces. Examples of specular surfaces are vehicle windows, mirrors, plastic sheeting, etc. Glossy foliage, raindrops, and other natural objects are not considered specular surfaces. Report any specular surfaces within your zone of fire to Range Control immediately.

4) The Range OIC will complete a terrain sketch of the sector of fire for the laser prior to laser operations.

16.3.2 NOTE: Never lase personnel, wildlife, or specular surfaces. Never lase targets within 30

meters of a reflective surface.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

50

16.4 FORCE ON FORCE EXERCISES: Tactical exercises involving MILES/AGES/AD/TWGSS/PGS do not require SDZ construction, however NOHD restrictions in MIL-HDBK-828A apply. The Post Commander may approve tactical exercises involving force-on-force components using laser devices other than those listed. 16.5 REFERENCES

16.5.1 AR 11-9 16.5.2 AR 40-5 16.5.3 AR 40-46 16.5.4 AR 385-9 16.5.5 FM 6-30 16.5.6 TB-MED 524 16.5.7 TM 9-1260-477-12

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

51

Chapter 17 Live Fire Exercises 17.1 SAFETY DURING LIVE-FIRE EXERCISES

17.1.1 Live-Fire phases of training must be conducted with maximum realism and safety. If safety or terrain limitations do require some unrealistic actions to be taken, personnel should be briefed, in detail, on why artificial actions are required and what the unit would do if confronted with a similar situation in combat.

17.1.2 A Combined Arms Live-Fire Exercise (CALFEX) (Army)/Combined Arms Exercise (CAX) (Marine Corps) involves two or more combat arms and/or DOD services. Air and ground weapons will be used in accordance with current doctrine, unless specifically prohibited from use by this regulation. 17.2 INFORMATION FOR COMMANDERS

17.2.1 Training to permit highly realistic maneuvers and LFXs involves specific personnel safety requirements. Installation commanders will publish specific range guidance (for example, regulations, SOPs, and so forth) that apply specifically to their installations. This guidance will define safety requirements to support live-fire training exercises. Directives developed for a particular location are not authorized for use at a different location.

17.2.2 Commanders whose units participate in live-fire exercises will— a) Make certain that all individual gunners including Bradley, tank, and aviation gunners who will take

part in live-fire exercises have fired and passed a qualification course for the weapon or system they will fire in the exercise.

b) Conduct rehearsal (dry run) exercises prior to the live-fire and maneuver exercise. The commander will assess the proficiency and experience level of his/her unit and the degree of risk involved to determine the scope and duration of the rehearsal and if it should be executed on the same range on which the live-fire and maneuver training will be conducted. The rehearsal should be scheduled as close to the actual event as is feasible to retain individual situational awareness and skills. Additionally, when ever feasible, rehearsals will replicate as closely as possible the conditions involved in the actual event. Such conditions should include but are not limited to time of day, similar terrain, and the status of the personnel (that is uniforms worn, same equipment carried, and camouflage). In addition, rehearsals will include a review of range safety requirements for the live fire and maneuver range. The review should include, but is not limited to: range safety fans (lateral limits), SDZs for weapons and ammunition fired, air limitations and restrictions for both live-fire and medical evacuation, and emergency and/or casualty evacuation procedures. Commander, USASOC, may approve deviation from this requirement for Army Special Forces (ARSOF) units. If ARSOF units are training on a non-USASOC installation, host installation commander concurrence is required.

c) Orient participants on the capabilities of the weapons used by other components in the CALFEX/CAX.

d) Designate individuals (such as observer-controllers) who are not part of the tactical or administrative scheme to monitor safety. These individuals will maintain visual contact with maneuvering elements and should have some means of signaling a cease-fire. Communications with the tactical operations center is mandatory. The Marine Corps commander will assess the proficiency and experience level of his/her unit in determining the quantity of observer-controllers (that is, safety NCOs) required for the event. Other factors influencing this decision should include but are not limited to: the scheme of maneuver, geometry of the attack, composition of forces, dispersion of forces, visibility, weather conditions, and fatigue. Marine Corps observers-controllers report to the exercise range safety officer, and will have training in local range safety procedures.

17.2.3 For battalion and squadron or larger exercises, a field grade officer will be appointed as the exercise OIC. 17.3 EXERCISE TRAINING

17.3.1 Units will conduct live-fire exercises only in support of properly identified and trained-to-standards mission essential task list (METL) tasks. Tactics, techniques, and procedures employed during the live-fire exercises must be consistent with the standards published in the applicable Army Training Evaluation Program, mission training plan, and/or battle drills. Command approval from the next higher command is required for any life-fire exercise not consistent with the unit’s established METL.

17.3.2 Detailed written plans will be developed between the RCO and the unit OIC. It will require submission of formal risk management documentation prior to execution. If residual risk is extremely high, MACOM commander approval is required. The installation safety director will review the completed plan and risk management documentation that will include:

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

52

a) A detailed plan of maneuver and fire support. b) A list of weapons, ammunition, pyrotechnic or smokes, and chemicals to be used. c) Unit control measures, including means of communication. d) Terrain feature and facilities required.

17.3.3 Impact distance and limits of advance are as follows: a) The distances to which unprotected troops can safely move near the impact area (that is, areas A,

B and C) are indicated in the chapter on each weapon or weapons system. b) To determine how close unprotected troops may maneuver to the target area, an impact area and

an SDZ must be established for each target area used. SDZs must be computed and issued to leaders and safety personnel before starting the exercise. When several types of weapons are being fired into one target area, the combined total SDZ (composite SDZ) will govern. These restrictions normally should not preclude unit commanders from selecting tactically sound supporting weapon positions for their scheme of maneuver, provided the positions and directions of fire do not exceed the total range area available for the exercise. When feasible, leaders and safety personnel will be shown the physical limits of the SDZ by ground survey.

c) The short limit of the impact area may be moved in the direction of the target area by definite prearrangement to permit forward movement of troops.

d) Demolitions may be used during live-fire exercises according to Chapter 16. e) Selection of weapon positions will be the responsibility of unit leaders taking part in the exercise. f) Terrain configuration will be used to enhance safety features when terrain is being selected for live-

fire exercises involving overhead, flanking fire, or both. 17.3.4 During live-fire exercise planning, the risk management process must address possible hazards

from friendly fire and control measures to reduce or eliminate them, while executing the METL task to published Army/Marine Corps standards. 17.4 FIRING PRECAUTIONS

17.4.1 Overhead fire of personnel may be authorized, provided they have positive protection from the munitions being fired. Protected positions for personnel and vehicles are discussed in FM 5–103.

17.4.2 The installation commander (or designated representative) can authorize overhead fire above unprotected personnel except by weapon systems specifically prohibited.

17.4.3 Weapons specifically authorized for overhead fire of unprotected personnel are— a) All artillery cannon firing indirect fire. See Chapter 10 for safety precautions. b) Machine-guns (5.56 mm, 7.62 mm, and .50 caliber) on ground tripods or vehicle mounts (ring

mounts excluded) firing from a stationary position. 17.4.4 Only ammunition approved for overhead fire will be used. 17.4.5 All firing of direct fire weapons will be from positions that provide an unobstructed field of fire. 17.4.6 Overhead fire with machineguns in live-fire exercises will be as follows:

a) Bullets will not be permitted to impact between the firing position and the rear of the line of unprotected personnel. All impacts should be a minimum of 50 meters beyond the forward line of unprotected personnel.

b) Positive stops must be used to prevent crossfire and depression of the muzzle during firing. c) A minimum clearance or safety limit must be established using the guidelines for overhead fire in

FM 23–65 and FM 3–22.68. Marine Corps personnel use Marine Corps Warfighting Publication 3–15.1. d) Rate of fire will not exceed 70 rounds per minute for 5.56-mm and 7.62-mm machineguns and 40

rounds per minute for .50 caliber machineguns. e) Weapons will be test fired before delivery of overhead fire to verify effectiveness of the positive

traverse and depression stops. f) Tracer ammunition may be used as a check to track the projectile flight path.

17.4.7 In addition to “f.” above, the following precautions will apply to overhead fire with machineguns for a confidence infiltration course.

a) Firing will be from approved platforms as described in FM 21–75. b) Qualified field maintenance personnel will inspect the mounts and weapons before being declared

safe to deliver overhead fire. c) A minimum clearance of 2.5 m over the heads of personnel or the highest obstruction within the

field of fire will be maintained. Minimum clearance is the distance between the lowest shot in the dispersion pattern (as determined by the test firing) and the bodies of individuals in erect positions on the highest point of ground, log, or other obstacle over which personnel must travel, or heights of barbed wire strands or posts on the course, whichever is higher.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

53

17.4.8 All firing of indirect fire weapons will be from positions in which the site to mask allows engagement of the targets nearest to the forward line of troops. Selection of firing positions, direction of fire, and fall of shot must prevent the projectiles from striking trees or other obstacles in the area from the weapon position to a point forward of unprotected personnel. The forward point is defined as the bursting radius of the round, plus 12 probable errors.

17.4.9 When field artillery is fired during CALFEX/CAX with maneuvering personnel, the impact area will be adjusted according to the maneuver location of troops to maintain safe separation distance. The troop side of the impact area will be determined in relation to the movement of the personnel. Unprotected troops must not be permitted to enter SDZ areas A, B, C, and E after firing has commenced.

17.4.10 Weapons will be grouped by muzzle velocity as cited in FM 6–40 or pertinent Marine Corps TMs. Weapons will be bore-sighted as prescribed in FM 6–50. Tubes will be clean and dry before start of exercise and will be cleaned during the exercise in accordance with appropriate weapon TMs.

17.4.11 All ammunition to be fired should be uniformly conditioned to ambient temperature consistent with the tactical situation.

17.4.12 Registration. a) At least two rounds should be fired for registration. Targets should be selected in the central

portion of the target area. After registration, corrections must be applied to deflection and quadrant elevation limits. If no registration is fired, meteorological and velocity error (MET + VE) corrections will be applied immediately before the exercise starts.

b) To compensate for drift, in high-angle fire the right deflection limit will be moved to the left by the amount of the maximum drift listed within the range limits for the charges being fired. The left limit will be moved to the right by the amount of the minimum drift listed within the range limits for the charges being fired. To determine the appropriate drift, the tabular firing table and graphical firing scale must be examined and the safer value used. If a drift value is not listed in the tabular firing table or on the graphical firing scale for the ranges to the near and far edge of the target area, the nearest safer value will be used.

17.4.13 Overhead fire above unprotected personnel from a moving vehicle or aircraft is prohibited. 17.4.14 Cannon and mortar flanking fire must not impact any closer to unprotected personnel than the

fragmentation radius (area A) prescribed for each weapon. 17.4.15 Small arms (5.56 mm, 7.62 mm, and .50 caliber), ground-mounted or vehicle-mounted

machineguns may be fired at low angles of elevation (near the flank of an individual or unit.) However, there must be an angle of 15° or more between the limit of fire and the near flank of the closest individual or unit and all impacts are beyond the individual or unit. Traversing and depression stops will be provided on machineguns to maintain the required angle and distance between the line of fire and the near flank of an individual or unit.

17.4.16 Range SOPs will address firing and maneuver unit locations to ensure no unprotected personnel are exposed to training fires. 17.5 FIRE CONTROL

17.5.1 The unit commander makes the final decisions on fire control measures. The following conditions must be met:

a) The ammunition in (1) through (6) below may be authorized for use in live-fire exercises only when it is fired into designated (dedicated high hazard) impact areas through which personnel are not permitted to maneuver:

1) 40-mm HE 2) 66-mm light antitank weapon (HE) 3) Hand grenades (HE) 4) RAAWS/MAAWS (HE & HEAT) 5) 25-mm (HE) 6) M74 66-mm TPA

b) Final coordination lines must be identified to all participating units. c) Weapons used in live-fire exercises will be controlled so that SDZ areas (such as A, B, C, E, and

F) do not overlap areas in which unprotected personnel are maneuvering. d) A RSO will directly supervise and control the throwing of fragmentation grenades. The following

procedures apply. 1) Hand fragmentation grenades may be thrown during LFXs. Hand grenades will be carried in

accordance with FM 3-23-20. The fragmentation characteristics of the grenades must be considered and appropriate safety precautions taken to include the following:

(a) Impact areas will be free of obstacles (such as trees, thick vegetation, tank hulls, deep snow, or standing water).

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

54

(b) A minimum side-to-side distance of 5 m between each individual during the throwing exercise is required.

(c) Throwing positions will protect the throwers from fragments. (d) EOD personnel will destroy dud grenades in place or safe and remove before troops enter

the grenade impact area. If EOD personnel are unable to locate or destroy any dud grenades, troop maneuver through the impact area is not authorized.

2) Individuals being transported by vehicle or aircraft will not carry fragmentation, offensive, or white phosphorus grenades attached to web equipment. 17.6 MANEUVER IN TEMPORARY IMPACT AREAS

17.6.1 The installation commander may approve maneuver through temporary impact areas containing unexploded munitions.

17.6.2 The installation commander may approve maneuver through temporary impact areas after reviewing a Composite Risk Management Worksheet (DA Form 7566) and accepting residual risks. The following munitions, although not identified in paragraph 18-5.a., may present high or extremely high risk if present.

a) 20-mm HE b) 30-mm HE c) All HEAT ammunition, because of type of fuze action and sensitivity d) All ordnance fuzed with mechanical time fuzes

17.7 AIR SUPPORT

17.7.1 During live-fire exercises, the following control measures are required prior to firing aircraft-mounted weapons or dropping air-delivered ordnance:

a) Positive identification of personnel locations b) Positive identification of targets c) Positive clearance to fire as given by the controlling ground or airborne forward air controller

17.7.2 Attack flight paths and access corridors will be known and visually verified by ground personnel and participating aircrews.

17.7.3 Direct communications will be established and maintained between the OIC, the forward air controller, the FDC, and Range Control. 17.8 TRAINING UNIT’S RESPONSIBILITIES: Units desiring to conduct a live-fire exercise will comply with the procedures indicated below:

17.8.1 NLT 90 days in advance of firing, the unit will submit the following to Range Control: a) Appointed OIC and RSO for LFX with unit POC. The OIC must be a field grade officer or higher,

for a battalion or larger CALFEX. b) Concept of Operation c) Requested LFX areas d) Types of weapons, ammunition, smoke, chemicals, and pyrotechnics e) Target system support. Refer to Appendix C of TC 7-9. f) Safety issues or concerns that effect the LFX

17.8.2 NLT 90 days prior to firing, Range Control requires a detailed OPLAN with the following information:

a) A detailed scenario (which includes sketches and/or overlays) that defines the scheme of maneuver, and the integration of supporting fires.

b) Coordination lines, or checkpoints, to identify maneuver limits. c) Limits of fire for each element and/or weapon Surface Danger Zone. d) Specific controls for firing while moving. e) Communication and control measures. f) Safety Checklist. Refer to Appendix A of TC 7-9 for an example. g) Risk Management Worksheet. Refer to Appendix A of TC 7-9, and Appendix B of this regulation.

17.8.3 NLT 72 hours prior to any LFX/CALFEX, the OIC will conduct a walk-through of the LFX terrain with the RCO or NCOIC.

17.8.4 Prior to the LFX/CALFEX, the OIC will obtain copies of the approved Surface Danger Zone from Range Control, stating established safety limits for all weapons to be used in the LFXCALFEX.

17.8.5 Unit Commanders will brief participants on the capabilities of the weapons used by the other components of the exercise.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

55

17.9 RANGE CONTROL’S RESPONSIBILITIES 17.9.1 The Post Commander has final approval for all LFX and CALFEX conducted at Camp Ripley. 17.9.2 Assist the unit OIC in developing SDZs. 17.9.3 Review of detailed OPLAN for safety considerations. 17.9.4 Preparation of targetry systems and ranges. 17.9.5 Upon request, provide copies of past LFX/CALFEX scenarios conducted on Camp Ripley that

include safety checklists and Composite Risk Management Worksheet (DA Form 7566) worksheets. 17.9.6 Upon receipt and review of information the RCO or NCOIC will notify the unit POC within five

working days, to schedule an initial discussion of the LFX/CALFEX plan. 17.10 CHANGES IN LFX/CALFEX SCENARIOS: Any changes prior to, or during, the LFX will be requested only by the range OIC, and approved by the RCO or NCOIC. 17.11 INFANTRY PLATOON BATTLE COURSE (IPBC): The IPBC consists of a Practice Lane and two Maneuver Lanes (Light and Heavy), with Trench and Bunker systems within each lane. The range supports squad through company size elements, with Armor/Mech support. It can also be incorporated into a CALFEX.

17.11.1 General a) All safety measures listed in paragraphs 17.2 and 17.5, and in the Range SOP, must be adhered

to. b) All weapons firing within the trenches will be done in a westerly direction. No live grenades or

anti-armor weapons will be used to engage the bunkers and trenches. c) Ammunition personnel must ensure that blank ammunition is kept separated from live ammunition

when issuing ammunition. d) Motorola Talk-About walkie-talkies are available from Range Control, for internal range

communications. e) Unit must open/close the range through Range Control via their primary form of communication,

preferably SINCGARS radio. 17.11.2 Additional Information

a) An Open-Air Classroom is located at UM 927215. This is west of the Trout Pond on Livorno Trail. b) Ammunition Supply Point will be in the same area. c) Barrier 40 will be in the Down-Not-Locked status for unit entrance point. Using unit must have a

road guard at Barrier 40 once the range is in the Open status. Road guard must have communications with the range OIC.

d) The range OIC, RSO, Senior Observer Controller (SOC), Squad OC, and Weapon OC will attend a Range Control Safety Briefing prior to opening the range. 17.12 CONVOY LIVE FIRE EXERCISE (LFX)

17.12.1 NOTE: DUE TO BATWING SDZ RESTRICTIONS AND CURRENT TARGET LOCATIONS, WEAPONS FIRING FOR .50 CAL AND 7.62MM ARE LIMITED TO CERTAIN TARGET AREAS. TARGET SCENARIOS WILL BE APPROVED ON A CASE-BY-CASE BASIS, DEPENDENT ON THE FIELD TRAINING AREA, OPTEMPO, AND THE TARGET SCENARIO REQUESTED BY THE UNIT.

17.12.2 This range provides, under controlled conditions, a live-fire exercise for patrol size elements conducting convoy operations. The lane is approximately 5 kilometers in length, located on Cassino Road. It offers five target engagement areas with 83 possible target locations, and a guardrail checkpoint area. There is a basic target set-up on the range. See the CLFX Range description page in TAB A and the CLFX SOP for target locations.

17.12.3 Unit requests the CLFX NLT 90 days prior to range usage, utilizing ATS Form 23. 17.12.4 Unit submits OPLAN and Composite Risk Management Worksheet (DA Form 7566) to Range

Control NLT 90 days prior to range usage. 17.12.5 Unit must submit a copy of the scenario and target layout if different than the target layout

already setup on the range to Range Control NLT 30 days prior to range usage. 17.12.6 Range Assembly Area is located in TA 58. Road Barriers 42 and 46 will be Down-Not-Locked

for entering and exiting the lane. Road Guards will be in position at both barriers prior to opening the range.

17.12.7 Unit will open/close the range through Range Control, utilizing RC Form 39 (Convoy Live Fire Lane Opening/Closing Checklist).

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

56

17.12.8 The range OIC will have continuous communications with Range Control (primary frequency is SINCGARS 36.100, alternate frequency is 36.900), with each vehicle (Motorola Talk-About radios) in an iteration, and with the road guards at Barriers 42 and 46. There is an OE254 Antenna located beside the Tin Shed on the CLFX Range Assembly Area.

17.12.9 Range RSO must ensure that all weapon safety-limiting devices are in place prior to start of exercise.

17.12.10 Using unit will need the following range support staff: a) Range OIC (E-7 and above) b) Range RSO (E-6 and above) c) Vehicle Commander/Safety Observer (One for each vehicle in iteration) d) Script Reader/RTO e) Medic- must have Aid Bag, vehicle with operational radio, and a litter f) Ammunition NCO g) Two personnel for Ammo Detail h) Four road guards-two for Barrier 42, two for Barrier 46

17.12.11 For additional range and safety information, reference the CLFX SOP located in the Range Packet and at Range Control. 17.13 REFERENCES

17.13.1 Chapter 17, DA Pamphlet 385-63 Range Safety 17.13.2 TC 7-9 Infantry Live Fire Training 17.13.3 CLFX SOP, dated 31 MAY 2005 17.13.4 All weapon systems FMs and TMs utilized in the LFX/CALFEX

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

57

Chapter 18 Environmental Management 18.1 GENERAL: For information on environmental management, the Environmental Office (320- 616-2722/2719/2720) or Range Control (320-616-3137/3135) has leader/soldier handbooks and field cards are available for soldiers and units.

18.2 LIMITED USE AREAS

18.2.1 A universal marking system (Siebert Stakes) marks all Limited Use Areas on Camp Ripley. The “Siebert Stake” has alternating Red and Amber reflective tape that is Night Vision Device compatible.

18.2.2 The areas marked with Siebert Stakes include, but are not limited to: a) Culturally protected areas b) Historic Fort Ripley c) Closed Dump sites d) Threatened/Endangered species habitat e) Training hazards

18.2.3 The Camp Ripley 1:25,000 map displays the Limited Use areas in the field training area. Units should review the map prior to training and plan accordingly. Maps are available at Range Control or by contacting the Training Area Coordinator at (320)616-3135.

18.3 RESTRICTIONS ON FIRING WHITE PHOSPHORUS

18.3.1 Firing of White Phosphorus ammunition into the sensitive wetland areas within the HENDRICKSON and LEACH Impact Areas is prohibited.

18.3.2 White Phosphorus will not be fired directly into, or within 100-meters, or have airburst directly over, wetland areas. The sensitive areas, including the 100-meter buffer, are identified on maps located in the Environmental and Range Control Offices, and are included in the Range Packets. 18.4 FIELD WATER POINTS: Camp Ripley has designated three areas for establishing and operating field water points, that are intended to support troops in training for field showers, laundry, and potable water.

1 Crow Wing River UM 926295

2 Mississippi River Rest Area 3 UM 939091 Crow Wing and Mississippi Rivers are Designated Zebra Mussel infested by MN DNR

3 Ferrell Lake SE Corner UM 908072

18.4.1 All water points must be cleared through Range Control. To initiate the approval process, units must submit a written request, including unit name, address, telephone number, and type of water point operation including potable water, shower, and/or laundry points, with the preferred location.

18.4.2 The designated water points are equipped with a crushed rock drain field for disposing of wastewater generated at the water point. Wastewater includes backwash water from water purification, and gray water from laundry and shower activities. Supply and Services (3128) issue the PVC piping for waste water disposal drain field.

18.4.3 Un-established Water points used by units not hauling their potable water off site must also follow the same approval procedures. However, environmental standards for locating these water points will limit water points of this nature. The standards include a 100 meter setback from lakes, streams, wetlands, and historic sites. Furthermore, wastewater discharge must be mixed with purified water to it’s original concentration and shall be applied to land surface using the plastic drain field pipe.

18.4.4 Crow Wing River site (UM 939283) is a permanent, self-sufficient electrical pump operated potable water point. This site is used to draw water only.

18.4.5 It is illegal to transport unpurified water (filtered 40 microns or greater) from infested waters, Mississippi and Crow Wing Rivers, except by DNR permit.

18.4.6 Water treated with greater than a 40-micron filter may not be discharged where it can run into another basin, another river, or a drain system that does not go to a treatment facility.

18.4.7 Ensuring that equipment is clean is critical to limiting the spread of invasive species. Any equipment used to treat Mississippi or Crow Wing River water must be treated by one of the following means prior to use in another water body:

18.4.8 Power spray equipment to remove dirt, mud, or vegetation. Scraping may be necessary if objects were in the water for extended periods, or

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

58

a) Dry 3 days in temperatures over 65 F. Drying is NOT recommended in cool wet weather (< 65 F.). b) Wash with 104 F. water for 4 minutes (hotter temps result in better and shorter kill times), or c) Freeze for 2 days, or d) Treat water with 750mg/l KCL for 1 hour, followed by 25 mg/l formalin for 2 hours to kill zebra

mussel veligers.

18.5 FIRE CONTROL PROCEDURES 18.5.1 There shall be no fires started without the permission of Range Control. 18.5.2 When wild fires are started because of range firing, Range Control will be notified immediately

by the responsible unit. Unit personnel will standby to assist Range Control with the fire suppression efforts, if necessary.

18.5.3 The unit will report the following information to Range Control: a) The location of the fire by range designation, grid, or road reference. b) Whether or not sufficient personnel and equipment are available to extinguish the fire. c) Wildland fires in signed impact areas will be reported and monitored. No unit personnel will enter

signed impact areas. d) Fire danger status will be posted on a sign immediately adjacent to E gate outside the Range

Control Office. It will also be posted on the Range Bulletin.

FIRE DANGER CODE

GREEN Moderate Use normal caution. Fire will start easily. Any type of ammunition may be used with care. Smoking is permitted.

YELLOW High

Use extra caution. Fire will start very easily. The beginning of the high danger period. Any type of ammunition may be used, with care, on ranges and within impact areas. It is recommended that the use of pyrotechnics, demolitions, and heat or flame-producing devices within training areas be limited as much as possible to cleared areas or areas previously burned for that purpose.

RED Extreme

Flash condition. This is the highest class of fire danger. Fires started are practically impossible to extinguish and usually continue until danger rating conditions improve or they burn themselves out. The utmost caution with fire producing agents and devices must be exercised at all times. The firing of high explosives, pyrotechnics, incendiaries, or other ammunition likely to cause fires is prohibited unless specifically authorized by Range Control.

18.6 HISTORICAL PRESERVATION

18.6.1 Camp Ripley has numerous areas of historical or archaeological significance. The majority of these sites have been located and marked. Many of these areas are off limits to all troops. Caution should be maintained when operating near known areas. At no time shall deliberate destruction take place at sites of historical or archaeological significance.

18.6.2 Any individual finding an artifact or item of historical or archeological significance is required by law and policy to not touch or disturb. Record the location and contact Range Control to initiate the process of determination, if any artifacts are found.

18.6.3 Digging, and tracked vehicle maneuvers, is prohibited within 100 meters of a historical or archaeological site.

18.7 NOISE MONITORING: Noise is inherent to the operation of Camp Ripley. Of course, with noise, the surrounding communities may be impacted or annoyed. As a result, Camp Ripley Operations Office responds to all noise complaints, and maintains a record of all complaints.

18.7.1 Electric generators in support of training activities produce considerable noise. When generators are located within 500 meters of the Camp boundaries, digging in or sand bagging will reduce noise levels.

18.7.2 Current noise abatement policy prohibits unnecessary over-flying of populated areas at altitudes lower than 1,000 feet AGL

18.7.3 In addition, the following noise sensitive areas shall be avoided whenever possible: a) Post Headquarters-located at the south end of the airfield. b) VIP Quarters (Valhalla)-located on the West side of the airfield. c) Green Prairie Fish Lake

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

59

d) Lake Alexander e) Crow Wing Lake f) All Turkey farms, directly north of the R4301 area. g) Round Lake and Three Fingers Lake h) Area towns and cities i) The Brainerd Lakes Area, Northwest of the City of Brainerd. j) Mississippi River adjacent to Camp Ripley, below 1,500 feet MSL.

18.8 FIELD FUEL STORAGE/BLADDERS: Camp Ripley has identified 10 areas approved for installing field fuel storage bladders exceeding 1,000 gallons in capacity. Emplacement of bladders in locations other than those approved is prohibited, unless special provisions are requested and granted by the Environmental Office.

18.8.1 Units proposing to install field fuel storage bladders in approved, or unapproved areas, will submit a written request in advance. The request must include: name, address, and phone number of the unit; amount and type of fuel to be dispensed; number/volume of fuel bladders to be installed; dates of operation; preferred location on Camp Ripley; and the unit point of contact.

18.8.2 The following guidance pertains to the installation and operation of field fuel storage bladders: a) The site will not be located within 100 meters of any lake, stream, wetlands, or historical site. b) The site will not be located within 200 meters of the Mississippi and Crow Wing rivers. c) Preparation of the site, underlying the fuel bladder, will require excavating the topsoil to provide a

level site, and to ensure that all debris is cleared that might otherwise puncture the flexible storage container.

d) A continuous berm, surrounding the storage site, will be constructed using on-site soils. The dimensions of the bermed area should not be less than the total capacity of the fuel storage bladder located within the area. The bermed area must be lined with an impervious material to act as a secondary containment, in case of any failure or seepage from the storage container. This material is issued through the Logistics Division, Camp Ripley, (320) 616-3128/3130.

e) The area designated for conveying the fuel (i.e., hoses, piping, etc.) must be underlain with an impermeable liner.

f) Range Control, or Environmental Office personnel will conduct daily inspections of the site.

18.9 MOBILE POL DISTRIBUTION POINTS: POL distribution from mobile units is an activity that has the potential of posing environmental concerns; therefore, the following guidance is provided to prevent any negative impacts:

18.9.1 The proposed location of distribution points should be coordinated with Range Control. 18.9.2 Use drip pans at all times for the dispensing nozzles, and the dispensing area should be lined

with a small piece of impermeable liner such as plastic or an old fuel bladder. 18.9.3 Ensure that the fueling hose is drained into the drip pan after each fueling operation and hang

the hoses with the nozzle pointed up. 18.9.4 Provide empty drums for accumulating POL contaminated soil in the event of small spills. The

drums should be labeled “POL Contaminated Soil.” These drums can be obtained at the Logistics Division, Bldg. 2-207.

18.9.5 Empty containers should be available to accumulate contaminated/waste fuels. One container for each type of fuel and the containers should be labeled accordingly. These containers are available from the POL Tank Farm. Contaminated fuels will be turned in to the Camp Ripley POL Office, Bldg. 17-99, (320) 616-3001.

18.9.6 Each POL distribution point should be equipped with a spill kit in the event of a spill. The kit should include absorbent materials, shovel and plastic storage bags.

18.10 MECHANICAL DIGGING: Digging or earth excavation requires written approval from the Range Control Office. Request will include type and grid location of excavation with time and duration to be used. Range Control will approve permits with concurrence from the Department of Public Works (DPW) to ensure facilities (above and below ground) are not affected. The request will also be coordinated with the environmental office.

18.10.1 Mechanical digging is permitted in the training areas, except for the following restrictions: a) Signed tree plantations b) 100 meters from historical sites c) 100 meters from surface water or wetlands d) Active logging sites e) 50 meters from main roads

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

60

f) 200 meters from the Mississippi River 18.10.2 Maps with all above listed areas identified are available at Range Control, Bldg. 24-199, 320-

616-3137/6015.

18.11 VEGETATION 18.11.1 Units are encouraged to select locations that have sufficient natural concealment. This will

minimize the need to cut vegetation for camouflage. However, it is permissible to utilize natural vegetation as deemed necessary for concealing vehicles, gun emplacements, and fortifications. The following restrictions apply:

a) Use native hardwood species (oak, maple, aspen, ironwood, hazel brush, etc.) that are less than two inches in diameter.

b) Do not cut evergreens (pine, spruce, tamarack, red cedar, etc.) unless special permission is granted through Camp Ripley Range Control Office.

18.11.2 Larger timbers may be needed for fortification. It is permissible to utilize any dead or down trees throughout the training area. In addition, telephone poles may be requested from the Department of Public Works-Roads and Railroads Division. Contact Range Control to initiate the request.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

1

TAB A RANGE DESCRIPTIONS

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

2

Range and Training Overview Camp Ripley has some of the nation’s most modern ranges. The post can accommodate most weapon systems organic to a heavy brigade.

A-Range Complex The A-Range Complex allows commanders flexibility during zero and qualification of individual weapons. The complex includes the following ranges (all within walking distance):

All weather classrooms Zero and Known Distance Ranges Automated Rifle and Pistol Ranges 7-station MOUT range (with sewer trainer) 23-station Confidence Course Rappel Tower M320 Range Practice Hand Grenade Lane Hand Grenade Qualification Course Land Navigation Course EFMB Litter Obstacle Course Live Fire Facility (Shoot House) Field Leader Reaction Course

Miller Complex Camp Ripley has grouped four major ranges (East Range, Center Range, West Range, and North Range, along with M-COFT pad sites) into the Miller Complex. The ranges offer training from individual to platoon level collective tasks. The ranges provide for training of Tank and BFV crews on their respective Gunnery Tables I-XII. The Miller Complex provides for a logical progression and maximum throughput capacity. The Complex allows two battalions to fulfill gunnery requirements during a typical Annual Training of two weeks duration. This Complex provides battle courses for use of live fire or Multiple Integrated Engagement System (MILES) during Situational Training Exercise (STX) of Field Training Exercises (FTX). These exercises train squads through company/team level units on collective tasks in state-of-the-art simulated combat environments. The location of these ranges greatly facilitates their use for gunnery while allowing suitable area for multiple company size lanes training. The Complex can also be integrated into all FTX scenarios on other portions of the training area. Training Areas The Field Training Area (FTA) is divided into 78 separate Training Areas. The Training Areas provide a variety of terrain and vegetation. Camp Ripley’s terrain will meet the needs of Mechanized Forces, Light Forces, Support Units, and Special Forces. Special Operations Since Camp Ripley has the Mississippi River and the Crow Wing River as boundaries, special operations units have more freedom to set up training scenarios, including live-fire exercises. The post has surveyed drop zones, numerous water training areas, and has no civilian roads or dwellings in the FTA.

Range Map Disclaimer The range maps in this Appendix are not to scale. They are included for reference purposes only. Contact Range Control for scaled range maps.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

3

Established Ranges A-1 UM 91980857 Small Arms Known Distance Range/25m Zero Range-32 Firing Points A-2 UM 92460867 Combat Pistol Qualification Range (CPQR)-15 Firing Points A-3 UM 92310857 Automatic Record Fire (ARF) Range-16 Firing Points A-4 UM 91410857 Automated Field Fire (AFF) Range-16 Firing Points A-5 UM 91140857 Military Operations on Urbanized Terrain (MOUT) Assault Course A-6 UM 92430857 Confidence Obstacle Site A-7 UM 92540846 Rappel Tower and Practice Tower A-9 UM 91610857 M320/M320 Grenade Launcher Range-5 Firing Points A-10 UM 91850857 Hand Grenade Qualification Course and Practice Lane A-11 UM 90930853 Ferrell Lake Navigation Course A-12 UM 92630868 25 meter Zero Range-32 Firing Points A-13 UM 92260808 EFMB Litter Obstacle Course A-14 UM 92700872 Live Fire Facility (Shoot House) A-15 UM 92540803 Field Leader Reaction Course ARNO DZ UM 88112524 Air Drop Zone B-1 UM 92581646 25 meter Zero Range-32 Firing Points B-2 UM 92581709 25 meter Zero Range-32 Firing Points B-2 SHOOTHOUSE UM 92581709 Military Operations on Urbanized Terrain (MOUT) Assault building

B-3 UM 92451375 Gettysburg Road Land Navigation Course B-4 UM 95420691 Mounted Land Navigation Course B-5 UM 94170699 Land Navigation Course B-6 UM 94170827 Engineer Dig Site B-7 UM 93100695 Land Navigation Course B-8 UM 94180746 Tactical Mine Lane BENNET HILL UM 93520879 3 Ski Runs/1 Tubing Run with Tow Rope BREACH UM 92081586 Live-Fire Exercise Breach Facility C UM 92550794 NBC Course C1 IED Range_IED UM 92550794 IED Lane

CACTF UM 92560768 Combined Arms Collective Training Facility (MOUT) CENTER (CRG) UM 88391347 Multi-Purpose Machine Gun (MPMG)- 6 Lanes (Lanes 1 and 6

equipped with 1500m targets) CLFX UM 92722308 Convoy Live Fire Exercise CTF UM 93990695 Collective Training Facility (MOUT)

D UM 93601202 Shotgun/Short Range Marksmanship Range: South Firing Line=40 Firing Points/North Firing Line=20 Firing Points

DEMO-1 UM 91321336 M Range Field Demolitions Site DEMO-2 UM 91851580 OP-2 Field Demolitions Site DEMO-3 UM 87841521 TA40 Field Demolitions Site DEMO-4 UM 90342588 SEAL CABIN Field Demolitions Site DEMO-5 UM 90092733 Light Demolitions Range DEMO-6 UM 90782840 TA75 Field Demolitions Site DT-1 UM 91750694 Tracked/Wheeled Vehicle Driver Training Course DT-2 UM 87691185 Tracked/Wheeled Vehicle Driver Training Course DT-3 UM 91151336 Tracked/Wheeled Vehicle Driver Training Course EAST (ERG) UM 90201263 Multi-Purpose Training Range (MPTR)

F UM 90900944 Biathlon Course-31 Firing Points/25 meter Zero Range-29 Firing Points/Tactical Training Base

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

4

Established Ranges FARP UM 87041108 Forward Area Refueling Point F&M-1 (Fire and Movement)

UM 92151916 Fire and Movement Range

F&M-2 (Fire and Movement)

UM 93361119 Fire and Movement Range

HGR UM 90721423 Hand Grenade Range (Live Grenade Familiarization) IED Lane_IED UM 96142713 IED-Defeat Lane IPBC UM 92752139 Infantry Platoon Battle Course ISBC UM 88272886 Under new construction for Infantry Squad Battle Course J UM 90881469 Multi-Purpose Field Fire Range (200m Firing Line) K UM 91172312 Multi-Purpose Field Fire Range L UM 90721423 Demolitions Range

M UM 91421336 Mortar Short Range Training Round (SRTR) Range-4 Firing Points/25m Zero-32 Firing Points

MK-19 UM 92362310 MK-19 Multi-Purpose Gunnery Range (40mm TP ONLY) NORTH (NRG) UM 9251645 Multi-Purpose Machine Gun Range(MPMG); 6 Lanes (lanes 2-5

equipped with 1500m targets) NRG ECP UM 93051675 Entry Control Point (ECP) Trainer Lane OP-1 UM 90991464 Observation Point OP-2 UM 91961560 Observation Point/Mortar Firing Point OP-7 UM 90011505 MK-19 40 mm HE/Mortar Point/Observation Point OP-15 UM 91382310 Observation Point OP-16 UM 90132467 Observation Point/Mortar Point OP-19 UM 91332773 Observation Point/Mortar Point OP-23 UM 92742384 MK-19 40 mm HE/Mortar Point/Observation Point R UM 92040551 Vehicle Recovery Site RIPLEY DZ UM 90911381 Air Drop Zone SEAL Cabin UM 90322612 Non-Standard Small Arms Range Scaled Range UM 95300602 Scaled Vehicle Mounted Weapon Systems Course

UAC UM 92581674 Urban Assault Course-Station 3 is the Grenadier Gunnery Trainer (40mm TP ONLY) and single person Fire & Maneuver Lane (5.56mm)

W-1 UM 90320767 Ferrell Lake Pontoon Bridge Site W-2 UM 93631237 Mississippi River Ribbon Bridge Site WEST (WRG) UM 86551350 Under new construction for Multi-Purpose Machine Gun

Range/Heavy Sniper Lane Y-1 UM 93770696 POW Camp/Tactical Training Base Y-2 EAST UM 90260616 Tactical Training Base Y-2 WEST UM 90060538 Tactical Training Base Y-4 UM 95462646 Tactical Training Base

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

5

A-1 KNOWN DISTANCE AND 25M ZERO RANGE

LOCATION UM 921087-A-COMPLEX ON CHAMPAGNE ROAD. (3.2 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

DESCRIPTION 25M ZERO RANGE: PORTABLE TARGET STANDS KNOWN DISTANCE RANGE: FIRING LINES ARE AT 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, AND 1000 YARDS. TARGET PITS INCLUDE PUSH-UP, PULL-DOWN SLIDING TARGET FRAME LIFTERS. REFLEXIVE FIRE CAN ALSO BE PERFORMED ON THIS RANGE.

TYPE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

SHOTGUN THROUGH .50 Cal.

TARGET REQUIREMENTS COORDINATED BY UNIT WITH RANGE CONTROL, AS REQURIED BY WEAPON SYSTEM, COURSE, AND DISTANCE BEING FIRED

FIRING LINE KD RANGE: 32 POINTS ON ALL FIRING LINES, EXECPT THE 1000 YD LINE, WHICH HAS 10. 25M ZERO: 32 POINT PEA ROCK LINE

GENERAL DIRECTION OF FIRE

353 DEGREES MAGNETIC

LEFT LIMIT GREEN POLE RIGHT LIMIT ORANGE POLE MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE MAXIMUM TRAJECTORY LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MAY BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY AND

SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130. TARGET BLDG YES-PITS SHED AND 25M ZERO SHED AMMO SUPPLY POINT NO CLASSROOM YES-40 PERSON CAPACITY (NO INDOOR LATRINE FACILITIES) RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG POLE

AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

AT BARRIERS #1 AND #2 ON CHAMPAGNE ROAD, WHEN FIRING 500-1000 YARD LINES. ROAD GUARDS MUST HAVE COMMO WITH THE RANGE OIC.

RESTRICTIONS IF A-3 RANGE IS OCCUPIED, FIRING WILL BE FROM THE 25M ZERO LINE ONLY. 300-1000 YARD LINES CLOSE A-3 RANGE. 500-1000 YD FIRING LINE USAGE INTERMITTENTLY CLOSES CHAMPAGNE ROAD. 7.62MM MATCH GRADE AMMO CLOSES NORMANDY ROAD.

REMARKS WHEN SCHEDULING THIS RANGE FOR KD FIRING, UNITS SHOULD ALSO SCHEDULE A-3 AS A NON-LIVE FIRE RANGE, TO AVOID USAGE CONFLICTS BETWEEN BOTH RANGES. PAPER TARGETS MUST BE REMOVED FROM THE LIFTER TARGET FRAMES AFTER USE. THE 500 YD LINE IS THE SOUTH SHOULDER OF CHAMPAGNE ROAD. THERE IS NO PARKING ALLOWED ALONG THE EAST SIDE OF THE RANGE ROAD. UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

6

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

7

A-1 SOUTH SHOTGUN/.22 CAL. RIFLE/ARCHERY

LOCATION UM 921087-A-COMPLEX ON CHAMPAGNE ROAD. (3.2 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

DESCRIPTION THIS IS A SMALL WEAPON FAMILIARIZATION RANGE ONLY TYPE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

ALL SHOTGUN; .22 CAL. RIFLE; ARCHERY

TARGET REQUIREMENTS COORDINATED BY UNIT WITH RANGE CONTROL, AS REQURIED BY WEAPON SYSTEM.

FIRING LINE OIC LINES-UP FIRERS PARALLEL TO CHAMPAGNE ROAD, WITHIN THE ENDS OF THE A-1 600YD LINE BERM

GENERAL DIRECTION OF FIRE

180 DEG MAG

LEFT LIMIT GREEN POLE RIGHT LIMIT ORANGE POLE MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE MAXIMUM TRAJECTORY LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY

AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130. TARGET BLDG ON A-1 AMMO SUPPLY POINT NO CLASSROOM YES-40 PERSON CAPACITY (NO LATRINE FACILITIES) RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG POLE

LAY-OUT RANGE FLAG ON HOOD OF A VEHICLE THAT WILL BE LOCATED AT THE RANGE BOUNDARY TRAIL AND CHAMPAGNE ROAD INTERSECTION.

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

IT IS SUGGESTED THAT AN ARSO OBSERVE THE RANGE BOUNDARY TRAIL TO ENSURE THAT NO ONE BREACHES THE BARRIERS CLOSING OFF THIS RANGE, ESPECIALLY FROM THE SOUTH.

RESTRICTIONS THIS RANGE CLOSES A-1 KD RANGE 600 YD AND 1000 YD FIRING LINES.

REMARKS UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

8

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

9

A-2 COMBAT PISTOL QUALIFICATION RANGE

LOCATION UM 925087-A-COMPLEX ON CHAMPAGNE ROAD. (3.1 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

DESCRIPTION COMPUTER SCORED RANGE. EACH LANE CONSISTS HAS 7 AUTOMATED TARGETS. THESE TARGETS ARE AT 10, 13, 16, 17, 23, 27, AND 31 METERS. NON-STANDARD REFLEXIVE FIRING CAN BE PERFORMED ON THE RANGE AS WELL.

TYPE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

PISTOL AND 5.56MM

TARGET REQUIREMENTS PERMANENTLY INSTALLED TARGET LIFTERS FIRING LINE 15 STATIONARY FIRING POINTS ARE PAINTED ON THE

ASPHALT FIRING LINE GENERAL DIRECTION OF FIRE

350 DEGREES MAGNETIC

LEFT LIMIT GREEN POLE RIGHT LIMIT ORANGE POLE MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE MAXIMUM TRAJECTORY LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MAY BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY

AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130. TARGET BLDG NO AMMO SUPPLY POINT YES CLASSROOM NO-CAN UTILIZE A-3 OR A-12 CLASSROOMS, IF AVAILABLE. RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TOWER FIELD PHONE: 7512 UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG POLE

AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

N/A

RESTRICTIONS COMPUTER SCENARIO CHANGES MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH AUTOMATED TARGET SYSTEMS NLT 72 HOURS PRIOR TO USAGE.

REMARKS RANGE CONTROL HAS MAGAZINES AVAILABLE FOR HAND RECEIPT TO MILITARY UNITS. FOR TARGETRY PROBLEMS, CALL ATS, PHONE # 3132/3133. UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

10

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

11

A-3 AUTOMATED RECORD FIRE RANGE

LOCATION UM 923087-A-COMPLEX ON CHAMPAGNE ROAD. (3.1 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

DESCRIPTION COMPUTER SCORED RANGE. EACH LANE HAS 6 AUTOMATED TARGETS. ONLY THE RIGHT-HAND 50M TARGET IS AVAILABLE. FURTHEST TARGET IS AT 300M. THIS RANGE HAS DAY AND NIGHT FIRE CAPABILITY.

TYPE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

PISTOLS-7.62MM BALL. 7.62MM BALL AUTHORIZED ON LANES 1-11 ONLY.

TARGET REQUIREMENTS PERMANENTLY INSTALLED TARGET LIFTERS

FIRING LINE 16 CONCRETE STANDING AND PRONE POSITIONS

GENERAL DIRECTION OF FIRE

357 DEGREES MAGNETIC

LEFT LIMIT GREEN POLE

RIGHT LIMIT ORANGE POLE

MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE MAXIMUM TRAJECTORY

LATRINE FACILITIES YES- INSIDE CLASSROOMS COVERED MESS YES: FACILITY # 14206 TARGET BLDG NO

AMMO SUPPLY POINT YES

CLASSROOM YES-2: NAMED A-302E AND 302-W. 40-PERSON CAPACITY EACH. USAGE OF THE WEST CLASSROOM IS INCLUDED WITH THE RANGE RESERVATION.

RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TOWER FIELD PHONE: 7511 UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG POLE

NEXT TO THE AMMUNITION BUILDING

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

N / A

RESTRICTIONS COMPUTER SCENARIO CHANGES MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH AUTOMATED TARGET SYSTEMS NLT 72 HOURS PRIOR TO USAGE. THIS RANGE CANNOT BE OCCUPIED IF A-1 PITS (KD) IS RESERVED.

REMARKS FOR TARGETRY PROBLEMS CALL ATS, PHONE # 3132/3133. RANGE CONTROL HAS MAGAZINES AVAILABLE FOR HAND RECEIPT TO MILITARY UNITS. UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

12

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

13

A-4

AUTOMATED RECORD FIRE RANGE LOCATION UM 915087-A-COMPLEX ON CHAMPAGNE ROAD.

(3.7 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL) DESCRIPTION EACH LANE HAS 6 TARGETS FROM 50-300M. ONLY THE RIGHT-

HAND 50M TARGET IS AVAILABLE. TARGET HITS ARE COMPUTER SCORED WITH PRINTOUT. THIS RANGE HAS DAY AND NIGHT FIRE CAPABILITY.

TYPE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

PISTOLS THROUGH 7.62MM BALL. 7.62MM BALL AUTHORIZED ON LANES 6-9 ONLY.

TARGET REQUIREMENTS PERMANENT TARGET LIFTERS. PORTABLE TARGET STANDS ARE AVAILABLE FOR NON-AUTOMATED RANGE USAGE.

FIRING LINE 16 FIRING POINTS WITH CONCRETE PITS AND PRONE POSITIONS

GENERAL DIRECTION OF FIRE

30 DEGREES MAGNETIC

LEFT LIMIT GREEN POLE RIGHT LIMIT ORANGE POLE MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE MAXIMUM TRAJECTORY LATRINE FACILITIES YES-IN CLASSROOM COVERED MESS YES: FACILITY # 14207 TARGET BLDG NO AMMO SUPPLY POINT YES CLASSROOM YES-30 PERSON CAPACITY RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TOWER FIELD PHONE: 7510 UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG POLE

AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

N/A

RESTRICTIONS COMPUTER SCENARIO CHANGES MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH AUTOMATED TARGET SYSTEMS NLT 72 HRS PRIOR TO RANGE USAGE.

REMARKS FOR TARGETRY PROBLEMS CALL ATS, PHONE # 3132/3133. RANGE CONTROL HAS MAGAZINES AVAILABLE FOR HAND RECEIPT TO MILITARY UNITS. UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

14

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

15

A-5 MOUT ASSAULT COURSE

LOCATION UM 912087-A-COMPLEX ON CHAMPAGNE ROAD. (3.8 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

DESCRIPTION THIS RANGE HAS 6 BUILDING STRUCTURES AND A STORM SEWER TRAINER. EACH STRUCTURE HAS ITS OWN TRAINING PURPOSE.

TYPE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

BLANKS, SIMUNITIONS, PYROTECHNICS, CS, AND TEAR GAS.

TARGET REQUIREMENTS N/A FIRING LINE NONE GENERAL DIRECTION OF FIRE

N/A

LEFT LIMIT N/A RIGHT LIMIT N/A MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE MAXIMUM TRAJECTORY LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY

AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130. TARGET BLDG N/A AMMO SUPPLY POINT N/A CLASSROOM NO RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED FOR SIMUNITIONS AND GAS GUNS ONLY. RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG POLE

AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE

RESTRICTIONS OIC AND RSO ARE REQUIRED FOR BLANKS, SIMUNITIONS, AND GAS. MUST BE ON WEAPON SAFETY CERTIFICATION MEMORANDUM AND HAVE A CURRENT RANGE SAFETY BRIEFING. ALL OTHERS USE BLANK AMMUNITION ONLY! HC SMOKE IS NOT ALLOWED ON THE RANGE. SMOKE OR CS OF ANY KIND IS NOT ALLOWED IN ANY BUILDINGS. USE OF FLASH BANGS ON THE WALLS OR FLOORS WILL BE DETERMINED ON A CASE-BY-CASE BASIS.

REMARKS SIMUNITIONS AND GAS GUNS REQUIRE A RANGE FLAG. UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

16

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

17

A-6 CONFIDENCE OBSTACLE COURSE

LOCATION UM 925085-A-COMPLEX-SW CORNER OF JUNCTION OF GETTYSBURG AND CHAMPAGNE ROADS (2.8 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL

DESCRIPTION COURSE CONSISTS OF 23 SEPARATE OBSTACLES VARYING FROM FAIRLY EASY TO DIFFICULT.

LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MAY BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.

CLASSROOM A-302E OR A-302W CLASSROOMS CAN BE HAND RECEIPTED FROM RANGE CONTROL, IF THEY ARE AVAILABLE.

RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED, BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG

N/A

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

N/A

RESTRICTIONS NO INDIVIDUAL EQUIPMENT WILL BE WORN BY PARTICIPATING SOLDIERS (I.E. LBV, RUCK SACKS, WEAPONS, ETC.). ONLY ONE SOLDIER AT A TIME WILL NEGOTIATE AN OBSTACLE, UNLESS AN OBSTACLE IS DESIGNED FOR USE BY MORE THAN ONE SOLDIER. THE RANGE MUST HAVE AN OIC AND A RSO DUE TO THE NATURE OF TRAINING. MEDICAL AID PERSONNEL MUST BE ON THE RANGE, OR ON ONE OF THE A-COMPLEX RANGES. MEDICS MUST HAVE COMMO WITH THE RANGE. MEDICS MUST HAVE A LITTER OR BACKBOARD AND A C COLLAR. POC WILL BE FAMILIAR WITH FM 21-20 PHYSICAL FITNESS.

REMARKS UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

18

DESCRIPTIONS OF EACH OBSTACLE OBSTACLE DESCRIPTION THE TOUGH ONE STATION 1

Soldiers climb the net on the high end of the obstacle. They go over or between the logs and climb down the ladder, they go across the log walkway and climb down the net to the ground. They jump over the log cross member and go to the next station.

THE TANGLE FOOT STATION 2

Soldiers negotiate obstacle by running and stepping in the tires one foot at a time, alternating every other foot.

DIRTY NAME STATION 3

Soldiers mount the low log and jump onto the next log. They grasp over the top of the log with both arms, keeping the belly area in contact with the log. They swing their legs over the log and go to the next log in the same manner. From the last log they lower themselves to the ground.

ISLAND HOPPER STATION 4

Soldiers jump from one log to another until all logs are negotiated.

EASY BALANCER STATION 5

Soldiers walk up one inclined log and down the one on the other side of the ground.

BALANCING LOGS STATION 6

Soldiers step up on a log and walk or run along it, keeping their balance.

THE BELLY BUSTER STATION 7

Soldiers may vault, jump or climb over the log. They must be warned that it is not stationary. Soldiers must not roll or rock the log while others are negotiating the obstacle.

THE TARZAN STATION 8

Soldiers mount the lower log and then grasp two rungs of the ladder and swing themselves into the air. They negotiate the length of the ladder by releasing one hand at a time and swinging forward, grasping a more distant rung each time.

BELLY ROBBER STATION 9

Soldiers step on the lower log and assume the prone position on the horizontal logs. They crawl over the logs to the opposite end of the obstacle.

INCLINING WALL STATION 10

Soldiers approach the underside of the wall, jump and grasp the top, and pull themselves up and over. They slide or jump down the incline to the ground.

HIGH STEP OVER STATION 11

Soldiers step over each log, alternating their lead foot or using the same ones.

REVERSE CLIMB STATION 12

Soldiers climb the reverse climb and go down the other side to the ground.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

19

DESCRIPTIONS OF EACH OBSTACLE JUMP AND LAND STATION 13

Soldiers approach the obstacle from the ladder side. Climb the ladder to the platform and drop to the ground.

WALK ACROSS STATION 14

Soldiers step up on log and balance themselves as they walk the length of the obstacle.

THE TOUGH NUT STATION 15

Soldiers step over each X in the same line.

BELLY CRAWL STATION 16

Soldiers move forward under the wire on their bellies to the end of the obstacle. The direction of negotiating the crawl should be reversed from time to time.

SWING, STOP & JUMP STATION 17

Soldiers gain momentum with a short run, grasp the rope, and swing their bodies forward to the top of the cross member. They release the rope while standing on the wall and jump to the ground.

SIX VAULTS STATION 18

Soldiers vault over the logs, using one or both hands.

VERTICAL WALL STATION 19

Soldiers approach the wall and pulls himself up to the top and over to the other side.

TRENCH CRAWL STATION 20

Soldiers crawl on stomach through trench under the barbed wire. Only one trench is necessary.

THE WEAVER STATION 21

Soldiers move from one end of the obstacle to the other by weaving their bodies under one bar and over the next.

THE CONFIDENCE CLIMB STATION 22

Soldiers climb the inclined ladder to the vertical ladder. They go to the top of the vertical ladder, then down the other side to the ground.

THE LOW BELLY-OVER STATION 23

Soldiers mount the low log and jump onto the high log. They grasp over the top of the log with both arms, keeping the belly area in contact with it. They swing their legs over the log and lower themselves to the ground.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

20

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

21

A-7 RAPPEL TOWER

LOCATION UM 926085-A-COMPLEX-SE CORNER OF GETTYSBURG AND CHAMPAGNE ROADS. (2.9 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

DESCRIPTION A 36 FT. HIGH RAPPEL TOWER WITH A 10’x 26” TOP DECK. THE RAPPEL TOWER IS DESIGNED TO FACILITATE INDIVIDUALS IN RAPPELING TECHNIQUES. THE NORTH SIDE FEATURES SKID GEAR MOUNTED 3 FEET BELOW THE DECK TO SIMULATE HELICOPTER OPERATIONS. CLIFF SIMULATION IS PROVIDED ON THE WEST SIDE OF THE TOWER, WHILE THE EAST SIDE OF THE TOWER HAS WINDOWS, AS WELL AS A STRAIGHT WALL, FOR URBAN WARFARE TRAINING. A 13 FT. HIGH INCLINED PRACTICE TOWER IS AVAILABLE FOR PRELIMINARY FAMILIARIZATION TRAINING.

LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MAY BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.

CLASSROOM NO, A-302E CLASSROOM MAY BE REQUESTED, IF AVAILABLE. RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED, BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG

N/A

RESTRICTIONS OIC AND RSO MUST BE ON SAFETY MEMORANDUM FILED AT RANGE CONTROL (SEE TABLE 1-1, TAB K). MEDICAL AID PERSONNEL MUST BE ON THE RANGE, OR ON ONE OF THE A-COMPLEX RANGES. MEDICS MUST HAVE COMMO WITH THE RANGE AND RANGE CONTROL. MEDICS MUST BE INFORMED THAT A BACKBOARD AND A C-COLLAR ARE LOCATED IN THE WALL LOCKER AT THE BASE OF THE TOWER LADDER. OIC AND RSO WILL BE FAMILIAR WITH TC 21-24 RAPPELLING, DATED 09JAN08.

REMARKS OIC AND RSO MUST INSPECT ALL RAPPEL EQUIPMENT FOR SERVICEABILITY AT TIME OF ISSUE FROM RANGE CONTROL. UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

22

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

23

A-9 M320 GRENADE LAUNCHER RANGE

LOCATION UM 917085-A-COMPLEX ON CHAMPAGNE ROAD. (3.5 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

DESCRIPTION EACH LANE IS 30 METERS WIDE, 500 METERS LONG, AND HAS 4 FIRING POINTS.

TYPE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

PRACTICE TYPE AMMUNITION ONLY. ALL SHOTGUN AMMUNITION UP TO, AND INCLUDING, 10 GAUGE.

TARGET REQUIREMENTS TARGETS PERMANENTLY INSTALLED IAW FM 23-31 FIRING LINE 5 LANES GENERAL DIRECTION OF FIRE

180 DEGREES MAGNETIC

LEFT LIMIT BLACK AND WHITE POLE RIGHT LIMIT RED AND WHITE POLE MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE MAXIMUM TRAJECTORY LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MAY BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY

AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130. TARGET BLDG NO AMMO SUPPLY POINT NO CLASSROOM NO RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG

AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

AT EACH END OF THE FIRING LINE, TO PREVENT PERSONNEL FROM ADVANCING BEYOND THE FIRING LINE DURING FIRING.

RESTRICTIONS ALL FIRING MUST BE DOWN RANGE AND WITHIN THE LANE BEING USED. NO INDIVIDUAL SHALL MOVE DOWN RANGE FROM THE FIRING LINE.

REMARKS UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

24

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

25

A-10 HAND GRENADE PRACTICE LANE AND QUALIFICATION COURSE

LOCATION UM 919085-A-COMPLEX ON CHAMPAGNE ROAD. (3.3 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

DESCRIPTION THE RANGE HAS A PRACTICE LANE CONSISTING OF 5 THROWING STATIONS, AND A QUALIFICATION COURSE THAT CONTAINS 6 THROWING STATIONS AND 1 IDENTIFICATION STATION.

TYPE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

PRACTICE GRENADES ONLY

TARGET REQUIREMENTS ALL TARGETS ARE PROVIDED LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY

AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130. AMMO SUPPLY POINT NO CLASSROOM NO RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED, BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG

NEXT TO CHAMPANGE ROAD ON EAST SIDE OF THE RANGE

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

N/A

RESTRICTIONS PRACTICE GRENADES ONLY. NO PERSONNEL IN FRONT OF THE THROWING LINE WHEN PERSONNEL ARE ENGAGING TARGETS.

REMARKS UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

26

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

27

A-11 FERRELL LAKE LAND NAVIGATION COURSE

LOCATION UM 909086-AT THE INTERSECTION OF CODY AND CHAMPAGNE ROADS. (3.9 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

DESCRIPTION THIS RANGE HAS 52 POINTS WITH UNLIMITED CONFIGURATIONS, AND IS USED FOR BASIC AND INTERMEDIATE LAND NAVIGATION TECHNIQUES. THREE 100 METER PACE COUNT LANES ARE ON SITE. THIS IS A SELF-CORRECTING COURSE.

LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.

CLASSROOM NO RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED, BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG

N/A

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

N/A

RESTRICTIONS NONE REMARKS COURSE MATERIAL AVAILABLE AT RANGE CONTROL. 3 UNITS

CAN CO-USE THE RANGE. UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

28

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

29

A-12 SMALL ARMS 25 M ZERO RANGE

LOCATION UM 927087-A-COMPLEX ON CHAMPAGNE ROAD. (3.1 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

DESCRIPTION THIS RANGE PROVIDES 25M ZERO AND REFLEXIVE FIRE CAPABILITIES.

TYPE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

PISTOLS, SHOTGUNS, 5.56MM, AND 7.62MM BALL

TARGET REQUIREMENTS REQUEST THROUGH RANGE CONTROL FIRING LINE PEA ROCK-32 FIRING POINTS GENERAL DIRECTION OF FIRE

347 DEGREES MAGNETIC

LEFT LIMIT BLACK AND WHITE POLE RIGHT LIMIT RED AND WHITE POLE MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE MAXIMUM TRAJECTORY LATRINE FACILITIES YES- IN CLASSROOM TARGET BLDG YES AMMO SUPPLY POINT NO CLASSROOM YES- 40 PERSON CAPACITY RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG POLE

AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

N/A

RESTRICTIONS N/A REMARKS PA SYSTEM IS LOCATED IN THE TOWER.

RANGE CONTROL HAS MAGAZINES AVAILABLE FOR HAND RECEIPT TO MILITARY UNITS. UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

30

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

31

A-13 LITTER OBSTACLE COURSE

LOCATION UM 92350810-TRAIL TO THE WEST OF SOUTH GETTYSBURG ROAD, NORTH OF C RANGE. (3.0 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

DESCRIPTION THIS RANGE PROVIDES MEDICAL PERSONNEL THE ABILITY TO TRAIN AND TEST FOR THE EXPERT FIELD MEDICAL BADGE (EFMB). THE COURSE CONSISTS OF 2 LANES WITH 8 OBSTACLES EACH.

LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.

CLASSROOM UNITS CAN REQUEST THE A-3 EAST CLASSROOM, IF IT IS AVAILABLE.

RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED, BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG POLE

N/A

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

N/A

RESTRICTIONS N/A REMARKS UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES

PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

32

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

33

A-14 LIVE FIRE FACILITY (SHOOT HOUSE)

LOCATION UM 928087-A-COMPLEX ON CHAMPAGNE ROAD. EAST OF THE A-12 RANGE. (3.1 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

DESCRIPTION THIS FACILITY OFFERS MULTIPLE TYPES OF TARGETRY FOR REALISTIC TRAINING. OBSERVATION/CONTROLLER ROOM HAS DVD-R RECORDING CAPABILITY. THREE UNITS CAN SIMULTANEOUSLY OCCUPY FACILITY, WITH THE PROPER BARRIER DOORS CLOSED.

TYPE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

PISTOLS, SHOTGUNS, AND RIFLES UP THROUGH 7.62MM MATCH GRADE

TARGET REQUIREMENTS PAPER AND E-TYPE SILHOUETTE. UNITS CAN BRING THEIR OWN, WITH PRIOR APPROVAL FROM THE RANGE CONTROL OFFICER. LAZER SHOT CONSISTS OF MULTIPLE PREPROGRAMED COMPUTER SCENERIOS SHOWED ON LARGE VIDEO SCREENS. UNITS CAN USE LIVE OR LAZER TYPE WEAPONS ON THESE SCREENS. CONTACT ATS FOR DETAILS.

FIRING LINE N/A GENERAL DIRECTION OF FIRE

360 DEGREES

LATRINE FACILITIES YES-IN THE A-12 CLASSROOM TARGET BLDG NO AMMO SUPPLY POINT YES-TARGETS AND EXTRA DOORS ARE STORED HERE CLASSROOM / MESSHALL FACILITIES

YES-A-12 CLASSROOM. 40 PERSON CAPACITY.

RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. A-14 CONTROL ROOM PHONE: 7765 UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG POLE

AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

N/A

RESTRICTIONS NO FIRING ALLOWED AT THE CEILINGS, FLOORS, DOWN THE STAIRWAYS, OR IN THE PERIMETER HALLWAYS.

REMARKS A SITE VISIT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED PRIOR TO PLANNING RANGE USAGE, TO SEE THE FACILITY, AND ADDRESS TARGET PLACEMENT. NOTE: A-14 LIVE FIRE FACILITY (SHOOT HOUSE) - USING UNITS MUST HAVE THEIR OWN IBA WITH SAPPI PLATES, EYE PROTECTION, AND EAR PROTECTION. SAPPI PLATES MAY BE HAND-RECEIPTED FROM CENTRAL ISSUE FACILITY (CIF), 320-616-2777. OICs AND RSOs MUST HAVE COMPLETED A CERTIFIED OIC/RSO SHOOT HOUSE COURSE PRIOR TO RANGE USAGE. UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

34

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

35

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

36

A-15 FLRC FIELD LEADER REACTION COURSE

RANGE LOCATION UM 92540803-SOUTH GETTYSBURG ROAD. (2.4 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

RANGE DESCRIPTION THE A-15 IS A 7 HOUR PERIOD OF TRAINING. THE COURSE CONSISTS OF 12 STATIONS THAT POSE DIFFERENT LEADERSHIP PROBLEMS IN A TACTICAL SETTING. THE COURSE IS USED TO EVALUATE A CANDIDATE’S LEADERSHIP POTENTIAL UNDER FIELD AND SIMULATED COMBAT CONDITIONS.

CLASSROOM / MESSHALL FACILITIES

C RANGE CLASSROOM MAY BE UTILIZED, IF IT IS AVAILABLE.

LATRINE FACILITIES C RANGE CLASSROOM OR PORTABLE TOILETS MAY BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.

RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 3610O PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED, BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG POLE

N/A

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

N/A

RESTRICTIONS N/A REMARKS UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES

PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

37

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

38

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

39

Bennett Hill Ski and Tubing Hill

LOCATION UM 93300872 (2.1 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL) DESCRIPTION THE HILL HAS 1-MAIN SKI/TUBING RUN, PLUS 3 ADDITIONAL SKI

RUNS. THE MAIN SKI AND TUBING RUN HAS A TOW ROPE. THE HILL HAS 2 WARMING SHEDS. TUBES ARE PROVIDED.

LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.

CLASSROOM / MESSHALL FACILITIES

NONE

RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED. RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

RESTRICTIONS THE UNIT POC MUST RECEIVE A TOW ROPE MOTOR OPERATIONS CLASS FROM RANGE CONTROL PRIOR TO OCCUPYING THE RANGE. MEDICAL SUPPORT MUST BE PRESENT ON THE RANGE (MINIMUM CLS/FIRST RESPONDER)

REMARKS AUTHORIZED ACCESS ROUTE: FROM RANGE CONTROL, GO WEST ON ARGONNE ROAD, NORTH ON SOUTH GETTYSBURG ROAD, THEN EAST ON CHAMPAGNE ROAD. PARKING AREA IS LOCATED AT THE TOP OF THE HILL. UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

40

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

41

B-1 SMALL ARMS 25 METER ZERO RANGE

LOCATION UM 924164-NORTH RANGE COMPLEX ON NORTH GETTYSBURG ROAD. (7.4 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

DESCRIPTION 25M ZERO, MACHINE GUN FAMILIARIZATION, AND REFLEXIVE FIRE

TYPE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

ALL SMALL ARMS

TARGET REQUIREMENTS REQUEST THROUGH RANGE CONTROL FIRING LINE 32 FIRING POINTS GENERAL DIRECTION OF FIRE

269 DEGREES MAGNETIC

LEFT LIMIT BLACK AND WHITE POLE RIGHT LIMIT RED AND WHITE POLE LATRINE FACILITIES YES-NORTH RANGE-SOUTH CLASSROOM HAS LATRINE

FACILITIES. PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.

TARGET BLDG YES-SANDBAGS AND SAFETY PADDLES ARE STORED IN THE NORTH RANGE MAINTENANCE BUILDING. KEY TO THE BUILDNG IS IN THE RANGE PACKET.

CLASSROOM / MESSHALL FACILITIES

YES-NORTH RANGE-SOUTH CLASSROOM. 40 PERSON CAPACITY.

RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG

AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

NONE

RESTRICTIONS THIS RANGE MUST BE PLACED INTO CHECKFIRE STATUS FOR NORTH RANGE TARGET MAINTENANCE WHEN BOTH RANGES ARE FIRING.

REMARKS RANGE CONTROL HAS MAGAZINES AVAILABLE FOR HAND RECEIPT TO MILITARY UNITS. UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

42

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

43

B-2 SMALL ARMS 25 METER ZERO RANGE

LOCATION UM 924171-NORTH RANGE COMPLEX ON NORTH GETTYSBURG ROAD. (7.9 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

DESCRIPTION 25M ZERO, MACHINE GUN FAMILIARIZATION, REFLEXIVE FIRE, AND MICLIC

TYPE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

ALL SMALL ARMS AND MICLIC

TARGET REQUIREMENTS REQUEST THROUGH RANGE CONTROL FIRING LINE 32 FIRING POINTS GENERAL DIRECTION OF FIRE

266 DEGREES MAGNETIC

LEFT LIMIT BLACK AND WHITE POLE RIGHT LIMIT RED AND WHITE POLE CLASSROOM/MESSHALL NO LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY

AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130. TARGET BLDG YES RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG

AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

NONE

RESTRICTIONS THIS RANGE SDZ CLOSES THE NORTH RANGE TARGET AREA. THIS RANGE MUST BE PLACED INTO CHECKFIRE STATUS IF NORTH RANGE NEEDS TO PERFORM TARGET MAINTENANCE.

REMARKS RANGE CONTROL HAS MAGAZINES AVAILABLE FOR HAND RECEIPT TO MILITARY UNITS. UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

44

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

45

B-2 SHOOT HOUSE MOUT SITE

LOCATION UM 924171-NORTH RANGE COMPLEX ON NORTH GETTYSBURG ROAD. (7.9 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

DESCRIPTION THIS FACILITY OFFERS 3 ROOMS. TYPE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

BLANKS AND SIMUNITIONS

TARGET REQUIREMENTS N/A FIRING LINE NONE GENERAL DIRECTION OF FIRE

N/A

CLASSROOM/MESSHALL NO LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY

AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130. TARGET BLDG YES AMMO SUPPLY POINT YES-TARGETS AND EXTRA DOORS ARE STORED HERE RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED FOR SIMUNITIONS. RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG POLE

AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

N/A

RESTRICTIONS OIC AND RSO REQUIRED FOR BLANKS, SIMUNITIONS, AND GAS. MUST BE ON WEAPON SAFETY CERTIFICATION MEMORANDUM AND HAVE A CURRENT RANGE SAFETY BRIEFING. ALL OTHERS USE BLANK AMMUNITION ONLY! SMOKE OR CS OF ANY KIND IS NOT ALLOWED ON THE RANGE. USE OF FLASH BANGS ON THE WALLS OR FLOORS IS PROHIBITED.

REMARKS SIMUNITIONS REQUIRE A RANGE FLAG. UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

46

B-2 SHOOTHOUSE FLOOR PLAN

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

47

B-3 GETTYSBURG ROAD LAND NAVIGATION COURSE

LOCATION UM 925137 – AT THE INTERSECTION OF NORTH GETTYSBURG AND NORMANDY ROADS. (5.7 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

DESCRIPTION THIS RANGE HAS 33 POINTS, AND IS USED FOR INTERMEDIATE TO ADVANCED LAND NAVIGATION TECHNIQUES.

LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.

CLASSROOM NO RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED, BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG

NONE

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

N/A

RESTRICTIONS RANGE CANNOT BE OCCUPIED WHEN 7.62MM MATCH GRADE AMMO IS BEING FIRED ON THE A-COMPLEX RANGES.

REMARKS COURSE MATERIAL AVAILABLE AT RANGE CONTROL. UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

48

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

49

B-4 MOUNTED LAND NAVIGATION COURSE

LOCATION VARIOUS STARTING POINTS DESCRIPTION THIS COURSE HAS 6 PRE-DETERMINED ROUTES, WITH 4

POINTS EACH. THE ROUTES HAVE DIFFERENT DEGREES OF DIFFICULTY.

LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.

RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED, BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

RESTRICTIONS WHEN PERFORMING NIGHT OPERATIONS WITH NIGHT VISION DEVICES, THE UNIT MUST HAVE AN OIC AND RSO ON SAFETY CERTIFICATION MEMORANDUM, AND THEY MUST HAVE A CURRENT RANGE SAFETY BRIEFING PRIOR TO OPENING THE RANGE.

REMARKS UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

50

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

51

B-5 LAND NAVIGATION COURSE

LOCATION UM 941069-AT THE INTERSECTION OF ARGONNE AND FORT RIPLEY ROADS. (1.1 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

DESCRIPTION THIS RANGE HAS 34 POINTS WITH UNLIMITED CONFIGURATIONS, AND IS USED FOR BASIC AND INTERMEDIATE LAND NAVIGATION TECHNIQUES.

CLASSROOM NO LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY

AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130. RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED, BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG POLE

NONE

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

NONE

RESTRICTIONS NONE REMARKS COURSE MATERIAL IS AVAILABLE AT RANGE CONTROL.

UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

52

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

53

B-6 ENGINEER DIG SITE

LOCATION UM 94180830-ON FT. RIPLEY ROAD (1.5 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

DESCRIPTION THIS RANGE OFFERS THE HEAVY CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT OPERATORS AN APPROVED MECHANICAL DIG AREA TO PERFORM MOS TASKS IN.

LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.

CLASSROOM / MESSHALL FACILITIES

NONE

RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED, BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG POLE

N/A

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

N/A

RESTRICTIONS N/A REMARKS UNIT MUST BACKFILL ALL EXCAVATIONS.

UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES..

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

54

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

55

B-7

LAND NAVIGATION COURSE LOCATION SP-1: UM 92950692

SP-2: UM 93120692 SP-3: UM 93460692 (1.4 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

DESCRIPTION THIS RANGE HAS 37 POINTS WITH UNLIMITED CONFIGURATIONS. USED FOR BASIC AND INTERMEDIATE LAND NAVIGATION TECHNIQUES.

LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.

CLASSROOM / MESSHALL FACILITIES

NONE

RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED, BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG POLE

N/A

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

N/A

RESTRICTIONS N/A REMARKS COURSE MATERIAL IS AVAILABLE AT RANGE CONTROL.

UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

56

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

57

B-8 TACTICAL MINE LANE

LOCATION UM 9418207469-ON FT. RIPLEY ROAD. (1.1 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

DESCRIPTION THIS RANGE OFFERS THE MINE DETECTOR (AN/PSS-14) OPERATORS AN APPROVED LANE TO PERFORM MOS TASKS ON. TRAINING LANES WILL BE USED TO TRAIN NEW OPERATORS AND VALIDATE CURRENT OPERATORS. TACTICAL LANES WILL BE USED TO DEMONSTRATE AND TRAIN MISSION- OR THEATER-SPCIFIC MINE DETECTION TECHNIQUES AND OPERATIONS.

LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.

CLASSROOM / MESSHALL FACILITIES

NONE

RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED, BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG POLE

N/A

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

N/A

RESTRICTIONS N/A REMARKS UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES

PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

58

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

59

BREACH

LIVE-FIRE EXERCISE BREACH FACILITY LOCATION UM 918158 – ENTER RANGE FROM BARRIER 31 ON NORTH GETTYSBURG ROAD.

(7.6 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL) DESCRIPTION THIS FACILITY CONSISTS OF THREE STATIONS:

1) DOOR BREACHING STRUCTURE- 8 FEET HIGH FACADE WITH 33 X 80 INCH DOOR 2) WALL BREACHING STRUCTURE- 8 FEET HIGH X 20.5 INCHES FACADE 3) WINDOW BREACHING STRUCTURE- 8 FEET HIGH FACADE WITH A WINDOW OPENING OF 32 3/4 INCHES X 38 3/4 INCHES

TYPE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED NO MORE THAN FOUR POUNDS OF C4; DETONATION CORD. SHOTGUN FOR DOOR BREACHING ONLY

TARGET REQUIREMENTS ALL UNITS MUST ORDER DOORS AND WINDOWS 90 DAYS IN ADVANCE. CIVILIAN AGENCIES THAT UTILIZE THE RANGE MUST REPLACE THE DOORS AND WINDOWS THAT THEY UTILIZE. DO NOT PLACE CHARGES ON THE METAL STUDS AT STATION 2.

GENERAL DIRECTION OF FIRE N/A LEFT LIMIT SEE SDZ LAYOUT RIGHT LIMIT SEE SDZ LAYOUT LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY

AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130. CLASSROOM / MESSHALL FACILITIES

OPEN-AIR CLASSROOM IS LOCATED ON THE RANGE

RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG POLE AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

ROAD GUARD WILL BE POSTED AT BARRIER 31, WITH COMMUNICATIONS TO THE RANGE OIC.

RESTRICTIONS BARRIER 31 WILL BE DOWN-NOT-LOCKED AFTER UNIT PASSES THROUGH IT. A FIVE-MINUTE-TO-INITIATION WARNING MUST BE MADE TO RANGE CONTROL FOR EACH TASK. A ONE MINUTE-TO-BLAST WARNING CALL MUST BE MADE TO RANGE CONTROL FOR EVERY BLAST. ALSO NOTIFY RANGE CONTROL AFTER BLAST IS COMPLETE. Per Ammunition Information Notice (AIN) 053-10, dated 10FEB10, DODIC: AA54 DOUBLE HEARING PROTECTION (EARPLUGS AND MUFFS) AND EYE PROTECTION (GOGGLES) SHOULD BE WORN BY SOLDIERS FIRING THE SHOTGUN AND BY SOLDIERS WITHIN 8.5 METERS OF THE WEAPON DURING DOOR BREACHING OPERATIONS WHEN FIRING IN CLOSE PROXIMITY TO REFLECTIVE SURFACE. ALL SOLDIERS WITHIN 8.5 METERS TO 30 METERS OF THE FIRING POINT SHOULD WEAR SINGLE HEARING PROTECTION (EARPLUGS OR MUFFS). REFERENCE TM 9-1005-338-13&P, TECHNICAL MANUAL UNIT AND DIRECT SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL, MOSSBERG 12 GAUGE SHOTGUN, MODEL 500 AND MOSSBERG 12 GAUGE SHOTGUN MODEL 590, MAY 2005.

REMARKS METAL DOOR BREACHING IS CONSIDERED METAL CUTTING; REFER TO AR 386-63 FOR DETAILS. THE USING UNIT MUST PICK UP ALL BLAST FRAGMENTS. UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

60

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

61

C

NBC MASKING PROFICIENCY RANGE LOCATION UM 927080-SOUTH GETTYSBURG ROAD.

(2.4 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL) DESCRIPTION AN NBC ORIENTED TRAINING AREA WITH CLASSROOM,

LATRINE, AND GAS CHAMBER. TYPE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

CS GAS

GENERAL DIRECTION OF FIRE

N/A - DIRECTION OF ADVANCE IS SOUTH TO NORTH THROUGH CHAMBER.

LATRINE FACILITIES YES-IN THE CLASSROOM CLASSROOM YES RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG

N/A

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

N/A

RESTRICTIONS OIC AND RSO MUST BE ON SAFETY MEMORANDUM FILED AT RANGE CONTROL (SEE TABLE 1-1, TAB K). MEDICAL AID PERSONNEL MUST BE ON THE RANGE, OR AT ONE OF THE A-COMPLEX RANGES. MEDICS MUST HAVE COMMO WITH THE RANGE. OIC AND RSO WILL BE FAMILIAR WITH CHAPTER 15 OF THE CAMP RIPLEY RANGE OPERATIONS APPENDIX. PERSONNEL NOT PARTICIPATING IN COURSE TRAINING EXERCISES WILL REMAIN ON THE UPWIND SIDE OF THE COURSE, AT A SAFE DISTANCE FROM THE GAS FUMES OR SMOKE.

REMARKS UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

62

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

63

C1 IED RANGE_IED IED PETTING ZOO

LOCATION UM 927080-SOUTH GETTYSBURG ROAD. (2.4 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

DESCRIPTION THIS RANGE PROVIDES A BASIC UNDERSTANDING OF IEDs AND HOW THEY ARE EMPLOYED. THERE IS A STATIC DISPLAY OF MUNITIONS IN THE C RANGE CLASSROOM. AN OPEN AIR CLASSROOM IS ON SITE CONTAINING EXAMPLES OF IEDS, EFPS, AND A VBIED. SEE RANGE PACKET AND RANGE SOP FOR FURTHER DETAILS.

TYPE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

BLANK AMMUNTION ONLY

GENERAL DIRECTION OF FIRE

N/A

LATRINE FACILITIES YES-IN THE CLASSROOM CLASSROOM YES RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED. RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG

N/A

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

N/A

RESTRICTIONS N/A REMARKS A LAPTOP AND A PROJECTOR CAN BE HAND-RECEIPTED FROM

RANGE CONTROL. THE LAPTOP CONTAINS A SLIDE PRESENTATION OF THE LOCATION OF ALL IEDS ON THE LANE, AS WELL AS VARIOUS VIDEOS AND OTHER TRAINING MATERIAL. UNITS MUST NOT TAKE TRAINING AIDS TO DIFFERENT LOCATIONS OTHER THEN THOSE ON THE IED RANGE. UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

64

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

65

CACTF COMBINED ARMS COLLECTIVE TRAINING FACILITY

LOCATION UM 939072-TA 10 (2.2 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL) DESCRIPTION THIS RANGE WILL HAVE 20 CEMENT BLOCK STRUCTURES TO

PERFORM MOUT OPERATIONS IN. RANGE COMPLETION WILL NOT BE UNTIL LATE 2011.

TYPE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

SIMUNITIONS AND BLANKS

TARGET REQUIREMENTS N/A LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS WILL BE SCHEDULED THROUGH SUPPLY

AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130. CLASSROOM N/A RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED, BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG POLE

N/A

RESTRICTIONS UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL UNITS ALLOW PERSONNEL TO BIVOUAC WITHIN THE STRUCTURES. THESE STRUCTURES ARE FOR MOUT TRAINING PURPOSES ONLY.

REMARKS CACTF-1 AND -2 ARE CURRENTLY AVAILABLE FOR TRAINING. OIC AND RSO REQUIRED FOR BLANKS, SIMUNITIONS, AND GAS. MUST BE ON SAFETY CERTIFICATION ORDERS AND ATTEND A RANGE SAFETY BRIEFING. ALL OTHERS USE BLANK AMMUNITION ONLY. HC SMOKE IS NOT ALLOWED ON THE RANGE. SMOKE OR CS OF ANY KIND IS NOT ALLOWED IN ANY BLDGS. USE OF FLASH BANGS ON THE WALLS OR FLOORS IS PROHIBITED. UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

66

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

67

CLFX CONVOY LIVE FIRE EXERCISE

LOCATION CASSINO ROAD-BETWEEN ANZIO ROAD AND KODIAK ROAD. START POINT IS AT GRID UM 9212923103. (11.5 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

DESCRIPTION THIS RANGE PROVIDES, UNDER CONTROLLED CONDITIONS, A LIVE FIRE EXERCISE FOR PATROL SIZE ELEMENTS CONDUCTING CONVOY OPERATIONS. 83 AUTOMATED TARGETS ARE SET-UP ON THE RANGE. SEE CLFX SOP FOR TARGET LOCATIONS. UNITS CAN USE DIFFERENT TARGET SCENERIOS IF APPROVED BY RANGE CONTROL.

TYPE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

5.56 MM, 7.62 MM, .50 CAL., AND 40MM TP

TARGET REQUIREMENTS TARGET REQUIREMENTS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO RANGE CONTROL AND ATS 90 DAYS PRIOR TO EXECUTION. THE REMOTE CONTROLLER MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH AUTOMATED TARGET SYSTEMS (320-616-3132).

FIRING LINE SEE RANGE MAP IN THE CLFX SOP FOR TARGET AREA LOCATIONS GENERAL DIRECTION OF FIRE 360 DEGREES MAG AND 180 DEGREES MAG RIGHT LIMIT SCENARIO DEPENDENT. TARGET MATRIX AND TRAINING SCENARIO

MUST BE APPROVED BY RANGE CONTROL. LEFT LIMIT SCENARIO DEPENDENT. TARGET MATRIX AND TRAINING SCENARIO

MUST BE APPROVED BY RANGE CONTROL. MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE MAXIMUM TRAJECTORY ORDINATE PERMISSIBLE FOR .50 CAL. AND

BELOW. LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY AND

SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130. TARGET BLDG N/A AMMO SUPPLY POINT VICINITY OF THE OPEN-AIR CLASSROOM IN TA 58 CLASSROOM / MESSHALL FACILITIES

OPEN-AIR CLASSROOM IN TA 58. GRID LOCATION IS UM 92622157.

RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG POLE

THERE ARE TWO FLAG POLES FOR THIS RANGE. 1) AT THE INTERSECTION OF ANZIO AND CASSINO ROAD. 2) AT THE INTERSECTION OF CASSINO AND KODIAK ROADS.

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

UNIT MUST HAVE ROAD GUARDS AT BOTH FLAG POLES, WITH COMMO (MOTOROLA TALK-ABOUT RADIOS) TO THE OIC.

RESTRICTIONS NOTICE: DUE TO BATWING SDZ USAGE REQUIREMENTS AND CURRENT TARGET LOCATIONS, THIS RANGE IS LIMITED TO 7.62MM AND BELOW. RFMSS RESERVATIONS THAT INCLUDE 7.62MM AMMUNITION WILL BE HANDLED ON A CASE-BY-CASE BASIS, DEPENDENT ON THE FIELD TRAINING AREA OPTEMPO, AND THE TARGET SCENARIO REQUESTED BY THE UNIT. CONVOY LIVE FIRE IS AUTHORIZED FOR EAST-TO-WEST TRAVEL ONLY. (SEE CLFX SOP)

REMARKS THE IPBC RANGE CLOSES THIS RANGE. CLFX SOP IS AVAILABLE IN THE RANGE PACKET, OR FROM RANGE CONTROL. UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

68

Authorized Weapon Systems: Engagement Area

MK 19 5.56 M249 M2 7.62 mm

MK-19 Range X 1 North X X X 2 South X X X X 3 North Facade X X X 4 South Facade X X X X 5 North Facades X X X 6 South Truck X X X X

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

69

CTF COLLECTIVE TRAINING FACILITY

LOCATION UM 939072-TA 10 (2 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL) DESCRIPTION THIS RANGE HAS 7 CEMENT BLOCK STRUCTURES: SCHOOL,

HOTEL, BANK, AND 4 RESIDENCES TO PERFORM MOUT OPERATIONS IN. THE HOTEL CAN BE UTILIZED FOR RAPPEL OPERATIONS.

TYPE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

SIMUNITIONS AND BLANKS

TARGET REQUIREMENTS N/A LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY

AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130. CLASSROOM NO RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED, BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG POLE

N/A

RESTRICTIONS BUILDING KEYS ARE HAND RECEIPTED FROM RANGE CONTROL LOCKS ARE KEYED SEPARATELY. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL UNITS ALLOW PERSONNEL TO BIVOUAC WITHIN THE STRUCTURES. THESE STRUCTURES ARE FOR MOUT TRAINING PURPOSES ONLY. RAPPEL OPERATIONS SAFETY REQUIREMENTS ARE THE SAME AS FOR A-7. SEE TAB K (OIC/RSO REQUIREMENTS)

REMARKS OIC AND RSO REQUIRED FOR BLANKS, SIMUNITIONS, AND GAS. MUST BE ON SAFETY CERTIFICATION ORDERS AND ATTEND A RANGE SAFETY BRIEFING. ALL OTHERS USE BLANK AMMUNITION ONLY. HC SMOKE IS NOT ALLOWED ON THE RANGE. SMOKE OR CS OF ANY KIND IS NOT ALLOWED IN ANY BLDGS. USE OF FLASH BANGS ON THE WALLS OR FLOORS IS PROHIBITED. UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

70

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

71

D Shotgun/Short Range Marksmanship Range

LOCATION UM 934120-NORTH OF DONALDSON ROAD, ON EAST BOUNDARY ROAD. (3.8 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

DESCRIPTION THIS RANGE HAS A SPLIT FIRING LINE. NORTHERN-HALF IS SHOTGUN QUALIFICATION. SOUTHERN-HALF IS 5.56MM ZERO/REFLEXIVE FIRE.

TYPE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

ALL SHOTGUN; 9MM-5.56MM Will NOT support the usage of the new M855A1 5.56mm Enhanced Performance Round (EPR).

TARGET REQUIREMENTS TARGET STANDS WITH COROPLAST ARE ON THE RANGE. PAPER TARGETS ARE AVAILABLE AT RANGE CONTROL.

FIRING LINE 20-SHOTGUN FIRING POINTS; 40-ZERO/REFLEXIVE FIRE POINTS GENERAL DIRECTION OF FIRE 270 DEG MAG LEFT LIMIT: M4/M16 B/W POLE RIGHT LIMIT: M4/M16 R/W POLE LEFT LIMIT: SHOTGUN GREEN POLE RIGHT LIMIT: SHOTGUN ORANGE POLE MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE MAXIMUM TRAJECTORY LATRINE FACILITIES LATRINE IS CONDEMNED. PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED

THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130. COVERED MESS YES: FACILITY # 13303 TARGET BLDG NO AMMO SUPPLY POINT NO CLASSROOM NONE RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

N/A

RESTRICTIONS 5.56MM IS THE LARGEST AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED, AND CAN ONLY BE FIRED ON THE SOUTHERN FIRING LINE. SINGLE WEAPON SYSTEM USAGE ON ONE FIRING LINE: ONE OIC AND RSO. MULTIPLE WEAPON SYSTEM USAGE ON BOTH FIRING LINES: ONE OIC AND RSO CERTIFIED ON ALL WEAPON SYSTEMS BEING FIRED, OR TWO OICs AND RSOs CERTIFIED ON SPECIFIC WEAPON SYSTEMS. Per Ammunition Information Notice (AIN) 053-10, dated 10FEB10, DODIC: AA54 DOUBLE HEARING PROTECTION (EARPLUGS AND MUFFS) AND EYE PROTECTION(GOGGLES) SHOULD BE WORN BY SOLDIERS FIRING THE SHOTGUN AND BY SOLDIERS WITHIN 8.5 METERS OF THE WEAPON DURING DOOR BREACHING OPERATIONS WHEN FIRING IN CLOSE PROXIMITY TO REFLECTIVE SURFACE. ALL SOLDIERS WITHIN 8.5 METERS TO 30 METERS OF THE FIRING POINT SHOULD WEAR SINGLE HEARING PROTECTION (EARPLUGS OR MUFFS). REFERENCE TM 9-1005-338-13&P, TECHNICAL MANUAL UNIT AND DIRECT SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL, MOSSBERG 12 GAUGE SHOTGUN, MODEL 500 AND MOSSBERG 12 GAUGE SHOTGUN MODEL 590, MAY 2005.

REMARKS UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

72

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

73

DEMO-1 M RANGE DEMOLITIONS SITE

RANGE LOCATION UM 916126-LOCATED ON M RANGE, SOUTH OF THE SRTR TARGET AREA. (6.6 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

RANGE DESCRIPTION DEMOLITIONS TRAINING AREA TO SUPPORT METAL CUTTING, CRATERING, AND ABATIS.

TYPE OF AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

ALL DEMOLITIONS UP TO 100 LBS TNT EQUIVALENT. BANGALORE TORPEDOES ARE LIMITED TO ½ KIT.

TARGET REQUIREMENTS ANY SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS NEED TO BE COORDINATED WITH RANGE CONTROL.

FIRING LINE NA GENERAL DIRECTION OF FIRE

NA

LEFT LIMIT SEE MAP RIGHT LIMIT SEE MAP MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE NA AMMO SUPPLY POINT NA TARGET BLDG NA CLASSROOM / MESSHALL FACILITIES

NONE

LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.

RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG POLE

AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

BARRIER 9-THE BARRIER WILL BE DOWN-NOT-LOCKED. UNIT WILL ENTER THE RANGE AT THIS BARRIER. ROAD GUARDS MUST HAVE COMMO WITH THE RANGE OIC.

RESTRICTIONS THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CHARGE ON THE RANGE IS THE EQUIVALENT OF 100 POUNDS OF TNT PER BLAST, 5 TIMES PER YEAR, DURING DAYLIGHT HOURS ONLY, AND A MINIMUM OF 30 MINUTES BETWEEN BLASTS. ALL DEMOLITIONS MUST BE PERFORMED WITHIN THE 4 ORANGE PICKETS (LIMIT MARKERS). A 5-MINUTE-TO-INITIATION WARNING MUST BE MADE TO RANGE CONTROL FOR EACH TASK. A ONE MINUTE-TO-BLAST WARNING MUST BE MADE TO RANGE CONTROL FOR EVERY BLAST. ALSO, NOTIFY RANGE CONTROL AFTER BLAST IS COMPLETE. THE RANGE CANNOT BE OCCUPIED IF THERE IS 7.62 MM FIRING ON THE A-COMPLEX.

REMARKS UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

74

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

75

DEMO-2 OP-2 DEMOLITIONS SITE

RANGE LOCATION UM 918157-LOCATED ON THE VONDERBAHN. (7.8 MILES FORM RANGE CONTROL)

RANGE DESCRIPTION DEMOLITIONS TRAINING AREA TO SUPPORT METAL CUTTING, CRATERING, AND ABATIS.

TYPE OF AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

ALL DEMOLITIONS UP TO 100 LBS TNT EQUIVALENT. BANGALORE TORPEDOES ARE LIMITED TO ½ KIT.

TARGET REQUIREMENTS ANY SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS NEED TO BE COORDINATED WITH RANGE CONTROL.

FIRING LINE NA GENERAL DIRECTION OF FIRE

NA

LEFT LIMIT SEE MAP RIGHT LIMIT SEE MAP MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE NA AMMO SUPPLY POINT NA TARGET BLDG NA CLASSROOM / MESSHALL FACILITIES

NONE

LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.

RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG POLE

AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE

RESTRICTIONS THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CHARGE ON THE RANGE IS THE EQUIVALENT OF 100 POUNDS OF TNT PER BLAST, 5 TIMES PER YEAR, DURING DAYLIGHT HOURS ONLY, AND A MINIMUM OF 30 MINUTES BETWEEN BLASTS. ALL DEMOLITIONS MUST BE PERFORMED WITHIN THE 4 ORANGE PICKETS (LIMIT MARKERS). A FIVE-MINUTE-TO-INITIATION WARNING MUST BE MADE TO RANGE CONTROL FOR EACH TASK. A ONE MINUTE-TO-BLAST WARNING MUST BE MADE TO RANGE CONTROL FOR EVERY BLAST. ALSO, NOTIFY RANGE CONTROL AFTER BLAST IS COMPLETE. THE RANGE CANNOT BE OCCUPIED IF THERE IS 7.62 MM FIRING ON THE A-COMPLEX.

REMARKS UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

76

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

77

DEMO-3 DEMOLITIONS SITE

RANGE LOCATION UM 877152-LOCATED ON THE SHEEP LAKE FIREBREAK. (11.1 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

RANGE DESCRIPTION DEMOLITIONS TRAINING AREA TO SUPPORT METAL CUTTING, CRATERING, AND ABATIS.

TYPE OF AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

ALL DEMOLITIONS UP TO 100 LBS TNT EQUIVALENT. BANGALORE TORPEDOES ARE LIMITED TO ½ KIT.

TARGET REQUIREMENTS ANY SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS NEED TO BE COORDINATED WITH RANGE CONTROL.

FIRING LINE NA GENERAL DIRECTION OF FIRE

NA

LEFT LIMIT SEE MAP RIGHT LIMIT SEE MAP MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE NA AMMO SUPPLY POINT NA TARGET BLDG NA CLASSROOM / MESSHALL FACILITIES

NONE

LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.

RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG POLE

RANGE ENTRANCE

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

AT TEMPORARY BARRIER PLACED BY RANGE CONTROL.

RESTRICTIONS THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CHARGE ON THE RANGE IS THE EQUIVALENT OF 100 POUNDS OF TNT PER BLAST, 5 TIMES PER YEAR, DURING DAYLIGHT HOURS ONLY, AND A MINIMUM OF 30 MINUTES BETWEEN BLASTS. ALL DEMOLITIONS MUST BE PERFORMED WITHIN THE 4 ORANGE PICKETS (LIMIT MARKERS). A FIVE-MINUTE-TO-INITIATION WARNING MUST BE MADE TO RANGE CONTROL FOR EACH TASK. A ONE MINUTE-TO-BLAST WARNING MUST BE MADE TO RANGE CONTROL FOR EVERY BLAST. ALSO, NOTIFY RANGE CONTROL AFTER BLAST IS COMPLETE.

REMARKS UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

78

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

79

DEMO-4 SEAL CABIN DEMOLITIONS SITE

RANGE LOCATION UM 9037625829-LOCATED ON THE SEAL CABIN RANGE. (17.5 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

RANGE DESCRIPTION DEMOLITION TRAINING AREA TO SUPPORT METAL CUTTING, CRATERING, AND ABATIS.

TYPE OF AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

ALL DEMOLITIONS UP TO 100 LBS TNT EQUIVALENT. BANGALORE TORPEDOES ARE LIMITED TO ½ KIT.

TARGET REQUIREMENTS ANY SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS NEED TO BE COORDINATED WITH RANGE CONTROL.

FIRING LINE NA GENERAL DIRECTION OF FIRE

NA

LEFT LIMIT SEE MAP RIGHT LIMIT SEE MAP MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE NA AMMO SUPPLY POINT NA TARGET BLDG NA CLASSROOM / MESSHALL FACILITIES

NONE

LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.

RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG POLE

AT RANGE ENTRANCE

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

AT BARRIER 68

RESTRICTIONS THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CHARGE ON THE RANGE IS THE EQUIVALENT OF 100 POUNDS OF TNT PER BLAST, 5 TIMES PER YEAR, DURING DAYLIGHT HOURS ONLY, AND A MINIMUM OF 30 MINUTES BETWEEN BLASTS. ALL DEMOLITIONS MUST BE PERFORMED WITHIN THE 4 ORANGE PICKETS (LIMIT MARKERS). A FIVE-MINUTE-TO-INITIATION WARNING MUST BE MADE TO RANGE CONTROL FOR EACH TASK. A ONE MINUTE-TO-BLAST WARNING MUST BE MADE TO RANGE CONTROL FOR EVERY BLAST. ALSO, NOTIFY RANGE CONTROL AFTER BLAST IS COMPLETE.

REMARKS UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

80

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

81

DEMO-5 LIGHT DEMOLITIONS RANGE

RANGE LOCATION UM 90092733-LOCATED IN TRAINING AREA 73. (21.1 MILES RANGE CONTROL)

RANGE DESCRIPTION DEMOLITION TRAINING AREA TO SUPPORT METAL CUTTING, CRATERING, AND ABATIS.

TYPE OF AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

ALL DEMOLITIONS UP TO 100 LBS TNT EQUIVALENT. BANGALORE TORPEDOES ARE LIMITED TO ½ KIT.

TARGET REQUIREMENTS ANY SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS NEED TO BE COORDINATED WITH RANGE CONTROL.

FIRING LINE NA GENERAL DIRECTION OF FIRE

NA

LEFT LIMIT SEE MAP RIGHT LIMIT SEE MAP MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE NA AMMO SUPPLY POINT NA TARGET BLDG NA CLASSROOM / MESSHALL FACILITIES

NONE

LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.

RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG POLE

AT RANGE ENTRANCE

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

AT RANGE ENTRANCE

RESTRICTIONS THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CHARGE ON THE RANGE IS THE EQUIVALENT OF 100 POUNDS OF TNT PER BLAST, 5 TIMES PER YEAR, DURING DAYLIGHT HOURS ONLY, AND A MINIMUM OF 30 MINUTES BETWEEN BLASTS. ALL DEMOLITIONS MUST BE PERFORMED WITHIN THE 4 ORANGE PICKETS (LIMIT MARKERS). A FIVE-MINUTE-TO-INITIATION WARNING MUST BE MADE TO RANGE CONTROL FOR EACH TASK. A ONE MINUTE-TO-BLAST WARNING MUST BE MADE TO RANGE CONTROL FOR EVERY BLAST. ALSO, NOTIFY RANGE CONTROL AFTER BLAST IS COMPLETE.

REMARKS UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

82

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

83

DEMO-6

TA 75 DEMOLITIONS SITE RANGE LOCATION UM 907284-LOCATED IN TRAINING AREA 75.

(20.1 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL) RANGE DESCRIPTION DEMOLITION TRAINING AREA TO SUPPORT METAL CUTTING,

CRATERING, AND ABATIS. TYPE OF AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

ALL DEMOLITIONS UP TO 100 LBS TNT EQUIVALENT. BANGALORE TORPEDOES ARE LIMITED TO ½ KIT.

TARGET REQUIREMENTS ANY SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS NEED TO BE COORDINATED WITH RANGE CONTROL.

FIRING LINE NA GENERAL DIRECTION OF FIRE

NA

LEFT LIMIT SEE MAP RIGHT LIMIT SEE MAP MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE NA AMMO SUPPLY POINT NA TARGET BLDG NA CLASSROOM / MESSHALL FACILITIES

NONE

LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.

RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG POLE

AT RANGE ENTRANCE

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

BARRIER N-13 ON PUSAN ROAD

RESTRICTIONS THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CHARGE ON THE RANGE IS THE EQUIVALENT OF 100 POUNDS OF TNT PER BLAST, 5 TIMES PER YEAR, DURING DAYLIGHT HOURS ONLY, AND A MINIMUM OF 30 MINUTES BETWEEN BLASTS. ALL DEMOLITIONS MUST BE PERFORMED WITHIN THE 4 ORANGE PICKETS (LIMIT MARKERS). A FIVE-MINUTE-TO-INITIATION WARNING MUST BE MADE TO RANGE CONTROL FOR EACH TASK. A ONE MINUTE-TO-BLAST WARNING MUST BE MADE TO RANGE CONTROL FOR EVERY BLAST. ALSO, NOTIFY RANGE CONTROL AFTER BLAST IS COMPLETE.

REMARKS UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

84

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

85

DT-1 TRACKED VEHICLE DRIVER TRAINING COURSE

LOCATION UM 912063-LOCATED IN TA 2. (4.2 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

DESCRIPTION THIS COURSE IS 1.3 MILES LONG, AND OFFERS SEVEN LEFT TURNS, FIVE RIGHT TURNS, THREE WOODED AREAS, SIX INCLINE AREAS, AND TWO SOFT AREAS.

LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.

CLASSROOM / MESSHALL FACILITIES

NO

RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED, BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG POLE

N/A

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

N/A

RESTRICTIONS ALL TRAINEES MUST HAVE A LICENSED OPERATOR IN THE VEHICLE. FOR NIGHT DRIVER TRAINING WITH NVD USAGE, ALL TRAINEES MUST HAVE A LICENSED NVD TRAINER WITH THEM.

REMARKS UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

86

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

87

DT-2 TRACKED VEHICLE DRIVER TRAINING COURSE

LOCATION UM 875112-LOCATED IN TA 21. (8.0 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

DESCRIPTION THIS COURSE IS CONVENIENTLY LOCATED TO FACILITATE DRIVER TRAINING WITH RANGE FIRING AT EAST, CENTER, AND WEST RANGES. IT IS 4.4 MILES LONG, AND OFFERS A WATER HAZARD, SPANNING DITCH, RAILCAR, AND A DIRT BERM.

LATRINE FACILITIES YES-CENTER RANGE CLASSROOM PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.

CLASSROOM / MESSHALL FACILITIES

UNITS MAY SCHEDULE AND UTILIZE CRG CLASSROOM, IF AVAILABLE.

RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED, BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG POLE

N/A

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

N/A

RESTRICTIONS ALL TRAINEES MUST HAVE A LICENSED OPERATOR IN THE VEHICLE. FOR NIGHT DRIVER TRAINING WITH NVD USAGE, ALL TRAINEES MUST HAVE A LICENSED NVD TRAINER WITH THEM.

REMARKS UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

88

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

89

DT-3 TRACKED VEHICLE DRIVER TRAINING COURSE

LOCATION UM 913135-LOCATED IN TA 27 WITHIN THE M RANGE. (6.6 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

DESCRIPTION THIS COURSE IS 1.9 MILES LONG. IT OFFERS EXCELLENT VISIBILITY FOR OVERALL CONTROL OF THE COURSE DURING USE. THE COURSE HAS FIVE LEFT TURNS, FIVE RIGHT TURNS, TWO WOODED AREAS, FIVE INCLINE AREAS, AND THREE SOFT AREAS.

LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.

CLASSROOM / MESSHALL FACILITIES

NO

RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED, BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG POLE

N/A

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

N/A

RESTRICTIONS M, M-SRTR, AND DEMO-1 RANGES WILL CONFLICT WITH, AND CLOSE THIS RANGE. ALL TRAINEES MUST HAVE A LICENSED OPERATOR IN THE VEHICLE. FOR NIGHT DRIVER TRAINING WITH NVD USAGE, ALL TRAINEES MUST HAVE A LICENSED NVD TRAINER WITH THEM.

REMARKS UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

90

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

91

F BIATHLON COURSE AND 25M ZERO RANGE

LOCATION UM 906098-ON CODY ROAD. (4.5 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

DESCRIPTION THIS IS A SKI AND SHOOT RANGE CONSISTING OF A SERIES OF SKI TRAILS, A 50 METER .22 CAL. RIFLE RANGE, AND A 25M ZERO RANGE FOR 5.56MM. THIS RANGE IS THE SITE FOR THE NATIONAL GUARD BUREAU (NGB) BIATHLON CHAMPIONSHIPS. IT FEATURES 3 MILES OF BITUMINOUS TRACK FOR YEAR-ROUND TRAINING.

TYPE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

.22 CAL., 5.56MM, AND ALL STANDARD PISTOL AMMUNITION This range will NOT support the usage of the new M855A1 5.56mm Enhanced Performance Round (EPR).

TARGET REQUIREMENTS BIATHLON: OFFICIAL BIATHLON LARGE AND SMALL BORE TARGETS 25M ZERO: TARGET STANDS WITH COROPLAST BACKING. TARGETRY IS AVAILABLE AT RANGE CONTROL.

FIRING LINE BIATHLON: 31 FIRING POINTS 25M ZERO: 29 FIRING POINTS

GENERAL DIRECTION OF FIRE 29 DEGREES MAGNETIC RIGHT LIMIT POINTS 1-31 BLACK AND WHITE POLE, AT 31DEGREES MAGNETIC.

POINTS 32-60 RED AND WHITE POLE, AT 31DEGREES MAGNETIC.

LEFT LIMIT POINTS 1-31 RED, WHIITE, AND BLUE POLE AT 21DEGREES MAGNETIC. POINTS 32-60 BLACK AND WHITE POLE AT 21DEGREES MAGNETIC.

LATRINE FACILITIES YES TARGET BLDG YES TIMERS HOUSE YES WARMING AND WAXING HUTS

YES-23 HUTS

CLASSROOM YES-100 PERSON CAPACITY RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. CLASSROOM FIELD PHONE: 7786 UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

AS REQUIRED TO PROHIBIT PERSONNEL FROM ADVANCING BEYOND FIRING LINE, OR INTERFERING WITH SKIERS ON TRAILS.

RESTRICTIONS ONLY .22 CAL. AMMUNITION WILL BE FIRED AT THE METAL BIATHLON TARGETS. THIS RANGE CLOSES CODY ROAD.

REMARKS BIATHLON TARGETS MUST BE REPAINTED PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCE. UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

92

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

93

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

94

F RANGE TACTICAL TRAINING BASE

LOCATION UM 906098-ON CODY ROAD. (4.5 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

DESCRIPTION TACTICAL TRAINING BASE TYPE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

BLANKS ONLY

LATRINE FACILITIES IN CLASSROOM AMMO SUPPLY POINT IN CLASSROOM WARMING SHEDS WARMING SHEDS MAY BE UTILIZED AS SLEEPING ROOMS CLASSROOM / MESSHALL FACILITIES

YES-100 PERSON CAPACITY

RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. CLASSROOM FIELD PHONE: 7786 UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED, BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

RESTRICTIONS VEHICLES ARE NOT AUTHORIZED ACCESS THROUGH THE GREEN GATE. VEHICLES ARE NOT AUTHORIZED ACCESS TO THE TRAIL NETWORK. TENTS MAY BE SET UP IN THE OPEN AREA TO THE SOUTH OF THE TIMING SHED AND THE RING OF FLAGS.

REMARKS UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

95

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

96

FARP FORWARD ARMING AND RESUPPLY POINT

LOCATION UM 869109 TRAINING AREA 18. SOUTH OF LUZON ROAD. (7.1 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

DESCRIPTION LARGE OPEN FLAT AREA WITH A BERM. LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY

AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130. CLASSROOM / MESSHALL FACILITIES

NO

RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED, BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG POLE

N/A

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

N/A

RESTRICTIONS NO TRACKED VEHICLES ARE ALLOWED WITHIN THE SPECIFIED LANDING ZONE.

REMARKS UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

97

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

98

F&M 1 FIRE AND MOVEMENT RANGE

LOCATION UM 921191 (8.8 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL) DESCRIPTION F&M 1 CONSISTS OF A 197m SPLIT PATH THAT MEANDERS

THROUGH AN OAK FORESTED AREA, WITH 38 REMOTE-CONTROLLED, BATTERY OPERATED, POP-UP TARGETS ON THE PATH.

TYPE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

PISTOLS, SHOTGUNS, SUB-MACHINE GUNS, AND 5.56MM

TARGET REQUIREMENTS REMOTE CONTROLLER MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH AUTOMATED TARGET SYSTEMS (ATS), 320-616-3132/3133.

FIRING LINE N/A GENERAL DIRECTION OF FIRE

270 DEGREES MAGNETIC

LEFT LIMIT 200 DEGREES MAGNETIC RIGHT LIMIT 340 DEGREES MAGNETIC MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE N/A LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY

AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130. TARGET BLDG NO AMMO SUPPLY POINT NO CLASSROOM NO RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG POLE

AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

N/A

RESTRICTIONS NOTICE: DUE TO BATWING SDZ USAGE REQUIREMENTS AND THE CURRENT TARGET LOCATIONS, THIS RANGE IS NOW LIMITED TO TARGETS 7-10 ONLY (BOTH NORTH AND SOUTH LANES). NO CROSSFIRING AT TARGETS ON OPPOSITE SIDE OF THE LANE

REMARKS UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

99

Barrier 37

Barrier 37B

Barrier 37A

EE aa ss

tt BBoo uu

nn ddaa rr

yy RR

oo aadd

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

100

F&M 2

FIRE AND MOVEMENT RANGE LOCATION UM 933113-LOCATED ON EAST BOUNDARY ROAD.

(3.3 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL) DESCRIPTION F&M 2 CONSISTS OF A 100m PATH THAT MEANDERS THROUGH

A BRUSHY AREA, WITH 10 REMOTE CONTROLLED, BATTERY OPERATED, POP-UP TARGETS.

TYPE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

9MM, .45 CAL., SHOTGUNS, AND SUB-MACHINE GUNS.

TARGET REQUIREMENTS REQUEST REMOTE CONTROLLER THROUGH AUTOMATED TARGET SYSTEMS (ATS), 320-616-3132/3133.

FIRING LINE N / A GENERAL DIRECTION OF FIRE

300 DEGREES MAGNETIC

RIGHT LIMIT 324 DEGREES MAGNETIC LEFT LIMIT 216 DEGREES MAGNETIC MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE N / A LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY

AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130. TARGET BLDG NO AMMO SUPPLY POINT NO CLASSROOM NO RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG POLE

AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

N / A

RESTRICTIONS NO CROSSFIRING AT TARGETS ON OPPOSITE SIDE OF THE LANE.

REMARKS UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

101

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

102

HGR HAND GRENADE RANGE (LIVE GRENADE FAMILIARIZATION)

LOCATION L RANGE-UM 918161 DESCRIPTION THIS RANGE GIVES SOLDIERS THE EFFECTS, EXPERIENCE,

AND CONFIDENCE IN HANDLING LIVE GRENADES. THE RANGE ALSO HAS A PRACTICE THROWING BAY. (8.0 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

TYPE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

M67 FRAGMENTATION HAND GRENADE

TARGET REQUIREMENTS PERMANENTLY INSTALLED FIRING LINE 2 THROWING PITS GENERAL DIRECTION OF FIRE

320 DEGREES MAGNETIC

LEFT LIMIT N/A RIGHT LIMIT N/A MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE N/A LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY

AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130. TARGET BLDG NONE AMMO SUPPLY POINT NONE CLASSROOM / MESSHALL FACILITIES

NONE

RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG POLE

AT THE ENTRANCE TO L RANGE

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

BARRIER 29-AT THE ENTRANCE TO L RANGE

RESTRICTIONS UNIT MUST COMPLETE HAND GRENADE QULIFICATION ON A-10 RANGE, AND MOCK BAY FAMILIARIZATION PRIOR TO THROWING LIVE GRENADES.

REMARKS UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES. RANGE SOP IS IN THE RANGE PACKET.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

103

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

104

IED LANE_IED IED-DEFEAT LANE

RANGE LOCATION UM 95522711 (TA 64) – INTERSECTION OF CHORWAN AND WONSAN ROADS. (15 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

RANGE DESCRIPTION

THE LANE CONSISTS OF SEVERAL IED-DEFEAT TRAINING OPPORTUNITIES, INCLUDING A PEDESTRIAN OVERPASS, UNDERPASS, BARRIERS, AND A SMALL VILLAGE. THE LANE SUPPORTS USAGE BY ALL MILITARY VEHICLES. RANGE USAGE CAN BE INCORPORATED WITH OTHER MOUT FACILITIES, OR ELSEWHERE DOWN RANGE. Y-4 TACTICAL TRAINING BASE (TTB) IS LOCATED DIRECTLY SOUTH OF THIS RANGE, TO FURTHER ENHANCE THE AREA OF OPERATIONS (AO). CIVILIAN CONTRACTORS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR RANGE OPERATIONS AND EQUIPMENT, AND HAVE MULTIPLE PRE-WRITTEN SCENARIOS AVAILABLE. UNITS CAN ALSO REQUEST THE CONTRACTORS TO WRITE SPECIFIC SCENARIOS FOR THE OWN TRAINING NEEDS.

TYPE OF AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED ALL BLANK AMMUNITION, PYROTECHNICS, AND SIMUNITIONS

TARGET REQUIREMENTS COORDINATE WITH THE CIVILIAN CONTRACTORS AMMO SUPPLY POINT N/A TARGET BLDG N/A CLASSROOM / MESSHALL FACILITIES NO

LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.

RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED, BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF OE-254 ANTENNA MAST IN Y-4 TTB

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS N/A

RESTRICTIONS NONE

REMARKS

UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

105

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

106

IPBC

INFANTRY PLATOON BATTLE COURSE LOCATION TA 57 (10.4 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL) DESCRIPTION THIS RANGE PROVIDES, UNDER CONTROLLED CONDITIONS, A

LIVE FIRE EXERCISE FOR INFANTRY PLATOONS WITH ARMOR/MECH SUPPORT. IT CONSISTS OF TWO MANEUVER LANES (LIGHT AND HEAVY) WITH BUNKER AND TRENCH SYSTEMS. INDIRECT FIRE WEAPONS ARE SIMULATED BY THE USE OF DEMOLITION CHARGES AND SMOKE POTS, OR CAN BE INCORPORATED INTO A CALFEX SCENARIO. THE RANGE ALSO HAS AN OPEN-AIR CLASSROOM AND A PRACTICE LANE.

TYPE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

UP TO 7.62 MM AT THE BUNKER SITES. .50 CAL., 25 MM, AND 120MM FOR THE HEAVY MANEUVER LANE FINAL OBJECTIVE. 40 MM ON THE MK-19 RANGE LIGHT MANEUVER LANE.

TARGET REQUIREMENTS TARGET MATRIX MUST BE APRROVED BY RANGE CONTROL OIC. REMOTE CONTROLLED TARGET LIFTERS NEED TO BE REQUESTED THROUGH AUTOMATED TARGET SYSTEMS (320-616-3132/3133).

FIRING LINE FIRING BY ATTACKING TROOPS IS LIMITED TO THE VICINITY OF EACH OBJECTIVE. SUPPORTING MACHINE GUN FIRE IS FROM ESTABLISHED SUPPORT-BY-FIRE (SBF) POSITIONS.

GENERAL DIRECTION OF FIRE

270 DEGREES MAG. TO 360 DEGREES MAG.

RIGHT LIMIT SCENARIO DEPENDENT. TARGET MATRIX AND TRAINING SCENARIO MUST BE APPROVED BY RANGE CONTROL.

LEFT LIMIT SCENARIO DEPENDENT. TARGET MATRIX AND TRAINING SCENARIO MUST BE APPROVED BY RANGE CONTROL.

MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE MAXIMUM TRAJECTORY ORDINATE PERMISSIBLE FOR .50 CAL. AND BELOW. 5 DEGREES FOR TANK AND BFV.

LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.

AMMO SUPPLY POINT VICINITY OF THE OPEN-AIR CLASSROOM CLASSROOM / MESSHALL FACILITIES

OPEN-AIR CLASSROOM IS LOCATED AT UM 927215

RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG POLE

UM 92732141 (BARRIER 40). ENTRANCE TO THE TROUT POND.

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

BARRIER 40 WILL BE DOWN-NOT-LOCKED FOR UNIT ACCESS TO THE RANGE. UNIT MUST POST A ROAD GUARD AT THIS BARRIER WHEN THE RANGE IS LIVE FIRING.

RESTRICTIONS THE CLFX RANGE CLOSES THIS RANGE. SEE RANGE SOP FOR FURTHER RESTRICTIONS.

REMARKS UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

107

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

108

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

109

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

110

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

111

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

112

ISBC INFANTRY SQUAD BATTLE COURSE

LOCATION UM 88272886 (20.8 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL) DESCRIPTION This complex is used to train and test infantry squads on the skills

necessary to conduct tactical movement techniques; and detect, identify, engage, and defeat stationary and moving infantry and armor targets in a tactical array Primary features include— 6 stationary armor targets 1 moving armor target 20 stationary infantry target 6 moving infantry targets 2 trench obstacles 5 machine gun/observation bunkers (with sound effects simulator) All targets are fully automated, and the event-specific target scenario is computer-driven and scored from the range operations center The range operating system is fully capable of providing immediate performance feedback to the using participants Associated Range Operations and Control facilities: Standard SAROCA facilities Requirement Document: FM 3-21.8, ARTEP 7-8 Drill, TC 7-9

RANGE IS CURRENTLY UNDER CONSTRUCTION

COMPLETION DATE: TBD

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

113

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

114

J FIELD FIRING RANGE

LOCATION UM 910148 – NORTH END OF CODY ROAD. (7.7 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

DESCRIPTION THIS RANGE IS A MULTI-PURPOSE FAMILIARIZATION RANGE TYPE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

SMALL ARMS, MACHINE GUNS, MORTARS, MK-19 (TP-T ONLY), AND DIRECT LAY ARTILLERY

TARGET REQUIREMENTS TARGETS INCLUDE: AUTO BODIES, BARRELS, TANK HULLS, ROCK PILES, AND APCs PRESENTLY IN THE IMPACT AREA. SPECIFIC TARGET REQUIREMENTS MUST BE COORDINATED WITH RANGE CONTROL.

FIRING LINE 23 TOTAL FIRING POINTS. FP-1 HAS 8 FIRING POINTS FP-2 HAS 15 FRING POINTS

GENERAL DIRECTION OF FIRE

343 DEGREES MAGNETIC FOR SMALL ARMS UP TO .50 CAL.

RIGHT LIMIT 352 DEGREES MAGNETIC FOR SMALL ARMS UP TO .50 CAL. LEFT LIMIT 310 DEGREES MAGNETIC FOR SMALL ARMS UP TO .50 CAL. MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE MAXIMUM TRAJECTORY ORDINATE PERMISSIBLE FOR .50 CAL.

AND BELOW, OTHER WEAPON SYSTEMS REQUIRE AN RC FORM 1 FROM RANGE CONTROL.

LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.

CLASSROOM NO TARGET BLDG NO RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG

IN CENTER OF THE RANGE

INTERIOR RANGE CONTROL

TEMPORARY BARRIERS WILL BE PUT IN PLACE BY RANGE CONTROL, AT THE TOP OF THE HILL. UNIT MUST POST BARRIER GUARDS WHEN FIRING.

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

AT ENDS OF FIRING LINE PREVENTING PERSONNEL FROM ADVANCING AHEAD OF THE FIRING LINE, OR INTO BACK BLAST AREA, WHILE FIRING IS BEING CONDUCTED.

RESTRICTIONS ALL FIRING MUST BE CONTROLLED SO THAT ALL ROUNDS ARE DIRECTED INTO THE IMPACT AREA BETWEEN THE LEFT AND RIGHT LIMITS. OIC OR RSO MUST HAVE A COMPASS TO VERIFY LIMITS LISTED ON THE APPROPRIATE SDZ OVERLAY INFORMATION CARD.

REMARKS TWO UNITS (OR TWO WEAPON SYSTEMS) CAN OCCUPY THIS RANGE AT ONE TIME, ONE ON FP1, AND THE OTHER ON FP2. WHEN TWO UNITS ARE ON THE RANGE AT THE SAME TIME, THEY MUST TELL RANGE CONTROL WHICH FIRING POINT THEY ARE ON, WHEN SENDING THEIR OPENING CHECKLIST. UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

115

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

116

K FIELD FIRE RANGE

LOCATION UM 912233-LOCATED ON CASSINO ROAD, NORTH OF OP-15. (12.5 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

DESCRIPTION THIS RANGE IS SITUATED IN AN OPEN FIELD UTILIZING STATIONARY TARGETS AT VARIOUS DISTANCES INTO THE LEACH IMPACT AREA. THE RANGE ALSO HAS A 10M/25M ZERO/TRANSITION FIRING LINE.

TYPE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

ALL SMALL ARMS, 40MM (TP ONLY), BFV, MORTAR, AT-4, DRAGON GUIDED MISSILE (TRAINING AND HEAT), JAVELIN (INERT ONLY), AND TOW (INERT ONLY).

TARGET REQUIREMENTS TARGETS INCLUDE AUTO BODIES, BARRELS, TANK HULLS, ROCK PILES, AND APCs PRESENTLY IN THE TARGET AREA. PORTABLE TARGET STANDS WITH COROPLAST BACKING ARE ON SITE FOR THE ZERO/TRANSITION FIRING LINE.

FIRING LINE LOCATED ON THE CEMENT PAD GENERAL DIRECTION OF FIRE

01 DEGREE MAGNETIC

LIMIT MARKERS SEE SDZ LAYOUT FOR LIMITS OF FIRE MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE WEAPON SPECIFIC MAXIMUM TRAJECTORY LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY

AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130. CLASSROOM NO TARGET BLDG NO RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG

AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

AS REQUIRED TO PREVENT PERSONNEL FROM ADVANCING AHEAD OF THE FIRING LINE, AND FROM ENTERING SPECIFIC WEAPON BACKBLAST AREAS.

RESTRICTIONS THE CLFX AND IPBC RANGES CLOSE THIS RANGE. REMARKS UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES

PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

117

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

118

L ENGINEER DEMOLITION RANGE

LOCATION UM 902144-WEST OF CODY ROAD AND BARRIER 29. (7.6 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

DESCRIPTION DEMOLITION TRAINING AREA TO SUPPORT METAL CUTTING, CRATERING, AND ABATTIS. CONTAINS A BUNKER WITH VIEWING PORTS.

TYPE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

ALL DEMOLITIONS UP TO 200 LBS.

TARGET REQUIREMENTS ANY SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS NEED TO BE COORDINATED WITH RANGE CONTROL.

FIRING LINE NA GENERAL DIRECTION OF FIRE

NA

RIGHT LIMIT SEE MAP LEFT LIMIT SEE MAP MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE NA LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY

AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130. AMMUNITION STORAGE BUNKER

YES

RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG

AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

EMPLACE TO ENSURE PERSONNEL DO NOT ENTER DANGER AREA WHILE FIRING.

RESTRICTIONS LARGE CHARGES, 100 LBS. OR LARGER, WILL BE DETONATED IN THE LARGE CHARGE AREA ONLY. MAX. CHARGE IS 200 LBS. REPORT ANY DAMAGED VIEWING PORTS IN OBSERVATION BUNKER. A 5-MINUTE-TO-INITIATION WARNING MUST BE MADE TO RANGE CONTROL FOR EACH TASK. A ONE MINUTE-TO-BLAST WARNING CALL MUST BE MADE TO RANGE CONTROL FOR EVERY BLAST. ALSO NOTIFY RANGE CONTROL AFTER BLAST IS COMPLETE.

REMARKS UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

119

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

120

M 25M ZERO/SHOTGUN QUAL/

SCALED SRTR MORTAR RANGE LOCATION UM 915133-LOCATED ON NORMANDY ROAD.

(6.6 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL) DESCRIPTION THIS RANGE HAS A SCALED SHORT RANGE TRAINING ROUND

MORTAR RANGE, AS WELL AS A 16 LANE 25M AND 35M ZERO LINES.

TYPE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

SHOTGUN; 9MM-7.62MM BALL; MORTAR SRTR ROUNDS

TARGET REQUIREMENTS SCALED TARGETS AT 100, 150, 200, 300, 350, 400, 500, AND 600 METERS

FIRING LINE 100 METER FRONT GENERAL DIRECTION OF FIRE

171 DEGREES MAGNETIC

RIGHT LIMIT 185 DEGREES MAGNETIC LEFT LIMIT 157 DEGREES MAGNETIC MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE MAXIMUM TRAJECTORY ORDINATE PERMISSIBLE LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY

AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130. TARGET BLDG YES AMMO SUPPLY POINT NO CLASSROOM NO RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG POLE

IN CENTER OF RANGE

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

N / A

RESTRICTIONS IF 7.62MM MATCH GRADE AMMO IS BEING FIRED ON A-1 KD RANGE, THIS RANGE CANNOT BE OCCUPIED.

REMARKS UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

121

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

122

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

123

MK-19 MK-19 MULTI-PURPOSE GUNNERY RANGE

LOCATION UM 925232-LOCATED ON CASSINO ROAD. (12.4 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

DESCRIPTION THE RANGE OFFERS PRACTICE TARGET OBSERVATION, FIRE ADJUSTMENT, TRAVERSING, SEARCHING, AND OBTAINING AN ACCURATE TARGET FOR BOTH GROUND AND VEHICLE MOUNTED WEAPONS.

TYPE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

MK-19 40 MM TP ONLY

TARGET REQUIREMENTS 400m APC; 600m APC; 600m TROOPS (TP ONLY); 800m TANK; 800m TROOPS (TP ONLY); 1100m TANK; 1500m CEV

FIRING LINE 50 METER GENERAL DIRECTION OF FIRE

12 DEGREES MAGNETIC

RIGHT LIMIT RED/WHITE PANEL-22 DEGREES MAGNETIC LEFT LIMIT BLACK/WHITE PANEL-353 DEGREES MAGNETIC MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE 15 DEGREES LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY

AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130. TARGET BLDG NO AMMO SUPPLY POINT NO CLASSROOM NO RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG POLE

AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

N/A

RESTRICTIONS HIGH EXPLOSIVE ROUNDS ARE UNAUTHORIZED FOR THIS RANGE. OP-7 and OP-23 ARE THE ONLY AUTHORIZED RANGES FOR MK-19 40 MM HE ROUNDS.

REMARKS OIC AND RSO WILL BE FAMILIAR WITH FM 23-27 MK-19 GRENADE MACHINE GUN. REPORT ALL DUD ROUNDS TO RANGE CONTROL WITH CLOSING CHECKLIST. UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

124

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

125

R VEHICLE RECOVERY SITE

LOCATION UM 926055-NORTH OF CHICKAMAGUA ROAD, WEST OF SOUTH GETTYSBURG ROAD. (3.5 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

DESCRIPTION TYPE OF RECOVERY ACTIVITIES AVAILABLE AT SITE: UPRIGHT AND OVERTURNED WHEELED AND TRACKED VEHICLES. AKERRS (ALLIED KINETIC ENERGY RECOVERY ROPE SYSTEM) PIT. NOSED IN VEHICLE (WHEELED AND TRACKED). TOW WHEELED AND TRACKED VEHICLE (CROSS-COUNTRY). LIFT AND SWING LOAD. MIRED WHEELED AND TRACKED VEHICLE (RECOVERY PIT).

VEHICLES AVAILABLE ON SITE

M-60 TANK(2), M880,TRK,UTIL(1), M151A2TRK, CRG(1) ,M54 (1)

LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.

CLASSROOM NO RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED, BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG

NONE

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

N/A

RESTRICTIONS TRACK VEHICLE RECOVERY REQUIRES AN INDIVIDUAL WITH A VALID DA FORM 348 FOR M60 SERIES TRACK VEHICLE OPERATION.

REMARKS THE RANGE PACKET AND THE KEYS FOR THE RANGE GATE, BUILDING, AND EQUIPMENT LOCATED ON THE RANGE WILL BE SIGNED FOR AT RTS-MAINTENANCE SUPPLY SECTION, BLDG 11-200. UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES. ALL COORDINATION FOR THIS RANGE WILL BE DONE THROUGH RTSM. SAME DAY REQUEST IS NOT AUTHORIZED THROUGH RANGE CONTROL, CONTACT RTSM. THE RECOVERY RANGE IS REQUESTED THROUGH RFMSS, ONCE INPUTTED, CONTACT RTSM WITH A PLAN, UPON APPROVAL RTSM WILL NOTIFY THE RFMSS SCHEDULER TO RESERVE THE RANGE.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

126

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

127

SCALED RANGE LOCATION UM 9021806969 - TA05: FIELD TO THE SOUTH OF FERRELL LAKE.

(3.22 MILES WEST OF RANGE CONTROL) DESCRIPTION THIS RANGE OFFERS THE ABILITY FOR MOUNTED WEAPON

SYSTEMS TO USE TRAINING DEVICES (I.E. MILES, PGS, TWGSS, ETC.) ALLOWING COMMANDERS THE ABILITY TO TRAIN CREWS PRIOR TO MOUNTED LIVE FIRE TRAINING EVENTS.

TYPE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

BLANK ONLY

TARGET REQUIREMENTS EIGHT STATIONARY TARGET LIFTERS AND TWO MOVING TARGETS. TARGET LIFTERS CAN BE PLACED ANYWHERE ON THE RANGE FROM 100-1200 METERS. CURRENT MOVING TARGET LOCATION IS AT 600 METERS. TARGETS ARE ¼ AND ½ SCALES.

FIRING LINE GENERAL DIRECTION OF FIRE

LEFT LIMIT N/A RIGHT LIMIT N/A MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE N/A LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY

AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130. TARGET BLDG N/A AMMO SUPPLY POINT N/A CLASSROOM / MESSHALL FACILITIES

NO

RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED, BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

RADIO FREQUENCIES ADMIN: 40.025 FIRING: 32.050 JUMP: 41.550

RESTRICTIONS REMARKS TARGET MATRIX MUST BE SUBMITTED TO AUTOMATED

TARGET SYSTEMS 120 DAYS PRIOR. UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

128

SEAL CABIN NON-STANDARD SMALL ARMS RANGE

LOCATION UM 902261-NORTH FROM BARRIER 68. (17.5 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

DESCRIPTION THIS RANGE CONSISTS OF A RANCH STYLE CABIN SITUATED IN A WILDERNESS AREA. NUMEROUS SCENARIOS CAN BE CONDUCTED AT THIS SITE.

TYPE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

PISTOL, SHOTGUN, 5.56MM, 7.62MM, AND DEMOLITIONS

TARGET REQUIREMENTS PAPER SILHOUTTE TARGETS CAN BE OBTAINED THROUGH RANGE CONTROL. REMOTE CONTROLLED TARGETRY NEEDS TO BE COORDINATED THROUGH AUTOMATED TARGET SYSTEMS (ATS), 320-616-3132/3133.

FIRING LINE SCENARIO DEPENDENT GENERAL DIRECTION OF FIRE

5.56MM, 360-DEGREE SWING SDZ IS ALLOWED, UPON PRIOR APPROVAL FROM RANGE CONTROL.

RIGHT LIMIT SCENARIO DEPENDENT LEFT LIMIT SCENARIO DEPENDENT MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE SCENARIO AND AMMUNITION DEPENDENT LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY

AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130. TARGET BLDG NO AMMO SUPPLY POINT NO CLASSROOM NO RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG POLE

NONE

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

SCENARIO DEPENDENT

RESTRICTIONS ALL SCENARIOS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO RANGE CONTROL NLT 90 DAYS PRIOR TO SCHEDULED USAGE. OIC AND RSO REQUIRED FOR BLANKS, SIMUNITIONS, AND GAS. NO FIRING AT THE CEILING OR ROOF.

REMARKS UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

129

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

130

UAC URBAN ASSAULT COURSE

LOCATION UM 92581674-LOCATED ON NORTH GETTYSBURG ROAD BETWEEN NORTH RANGE AND B-2. (7.6 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

DESCRIPTION This facility is used to train individual Soldiers, squads, and platoons on tasks necessary to operate within a built-up/urban area. Primary features include— Station 1: Individual and Team Trainer. This station is a three-room trainer where team leaders and squad leaders train the basics of building and room clearing. Station 2: Squad and Platoon Trainer. This station is a four-structure trainer with multiple rooms. Squads build upon tasks learned at Station 1 and begin to learn the concepts of clearing multiple buildings. The station is designed in such a way that it can be used as individual buildings with a narrow street or as rooms inside a building with a long connecting hallway. Station 3: Grenadier Gunnery Trainer. This station is a live-fire station where M203 gunners master target engagements in an urban area, move tactically, and respond to the fire commands. Station 4: Offense/Defense House. This station is where a platoon can train to attack and/or defend a building. This station can also be divided into a number of smaller training stations to reinforce training or to train tasks not yet trained at the other stations. Station 5: Underground Trainer. This station provides training for subterranean operations.

TYPE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

5.56MM AND 40MM TP

TARGET REQUIREMENTS PROVIDED ON THE RANGE FIRING LINE GENERAL DIRECTION OF FIRE 283 DEGREES MAGNETIC RIGHT LIMIT LEFT LIMIT MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE MAXIMUM TRAJECTORY PER AMMUNITION LATRINE FACILITIES YES-IN THE CLASSROOM BUILDING ON NORTH GETTYSBURG ROAD

PORTABLE TOILETS MAY BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.

TARGET BLDG NO AMMO SUPPLY POINT NO CLASSROOM YES-ACROSS NORTH GETTYSBURG ROAD. TWO EACH, WITH 40

PERSON CAPACITY. RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

N/A

RESTRICTIONS THIS RANGE MUST BE PLACED INTO CHECKFIRE STATUS FOR NORTH RANGE TARGET MAINTENANCE

REMARKS FOR TARGETRY PROBLEMS CALL ATS, PHONE # 3132/3133 RANGE CONTROL HAS MAGAZINES AVAILABLE FOR HAND RECEIPT TO MILITARY UNITS. UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

131

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

132

Viking Ski Trail

LOCATION FROM DE PARQ WOODS TO THE CODY ROAD ENTRANCE OF THE F RANGE BIATHLON TRAIL NETWORK

DESCRIPTION LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY

AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130. CLASSROOM / MESSHALL FACILITIES

N/A

RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

NO COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS FOR USE OF THIS TRAIL HOWEVER, USING UNIT MUST STOP BY RANGE CONTROL AND CHECK IN WITH THE NUMBER OF PERSONNEL UPON ENTERING AND CHECK OUT UPON EXITING. RANGE CONTROL PHONE#: 320.616.3134/3137

RESTRICTIONS SKIING ON THE DOWN RANGE PORTION OF THE TRAIL IS PERMITTED DURING RANGE CONTROL HOURS OF OPERATION ONLY. SKIIERS MUST SIGN IN AND OUT AT RANGE CONTROL. THEY MUST ALSO READ AND SIGN A WAIVER OF LIABILITY AGREEMENT.

REMARKS SKIIERS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR KEEPING THE TRAIL NEAT AND CLEAN.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

133

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

134

W-1

FERRELL LAKE PONTOON BRIDGE SITE LOCATION UM 904075-LOCATED ON THE SOUTH SIDE OF FERRELL LAKE.

(3.2 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL) DESCRIPTION THIS SITE PROVIDES A LAKE SITE FOR BRIDGE AND

AMPHIBIOUS SWIM TRAINING. LENGTH 167 METERS CLASSROOM NO LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY

AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130. RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

RESTRICTIONS OIC AND RSO MUST BE ON SAFETY MEMORANDUM FILED AT RANGE CONTROL (SEE TABLE 1-1, TAB K). MEDICAL AID PERSONNEL MUST BE ON THE RANGE. OIC AND RSO MUST BE FAMILIAR WITH CHAPTER 2.

REMARKS THE RANGE CAN BE USED FOR VEHICLE SWIMMING AND PONTOON BRIDGING. THE UNIT PROVIDES ALL EQUIPMENT. UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

135

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

136

W-2 MISSISSIPPI RIVER RIBBON BRIDGE SITE

LOCATION UM 937124-LOCATED ON EAST BOUNDARY ROAD, ON THE MISSISSIPPI RIVER. (4.1 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

DESCRIPTION THIS SITE IS CONSIDERED A FAST WATER SITE FOR RIBBON BRIDGE TRAINING, AND IS UNIQUE IN THE UNITED STATES.

LENGTH 116 METERS FROM SUPPORT RAMP TO SUPPORT RAMP. LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY

AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130. STORAGE BLDG YES CLASSROOM NONE RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

RESTRICTIONS OIC AND RSO MUST BE ON SAFETY MEMORANDUM FILED AT RANGE CONTROL (SEE TABLE 1-1, TAB K). MEDICAL AID PERSONNEL MUST BE ON THE RANGE. OIC AND RSO MUST BE FAMILIAR WITH CHAPTER 2.

REMARKS THE MISSISSIPPI RIVER VARIES GREATLY IN RATE OF FLOW, DEPENDING ON THE SEASON AND CURRENT WEATHER CONDITIONS. CURRENT DATA CAN BE OBTAINED FROM MINNESOTA POWER (1-800-228-4966). UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

137

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

138

MILLER COMPLEX

NORTH, EAST, CENTER, AND WEST RANGES

Automated Tower Radio Frequencies

East Range 1) Admin Frequency: 34.825 2) Firing Frequency: 32.725 3) Jump Frequency: 36.425

4) BFT/TAC Net: 38.725 5) Alternate Frequency: 49.975

Center Range

1) Admin Frequency: 36.700 2) Firing Frequency: 34.500 3) Jump Frequency: 40.550

4) BFT/TAC Net: 41.975 5) Alternate Frequency: 46.650

West Range

1) Admin Frequency: 34.250 2) Firing Frequency: 30.000 3) Jump Frequency: 38.250

4) BFT/TAC Net: 41.000 5) Alternate Frequency: 36.050

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

139

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

140

NORTH RANGE (NRG) MULTI-PURPOSE MACHINE GUN RANGE

LOCATION UM 924166-LOCATED ON NORTH GETTYSBURG ROAD. PART OF THE E.B. MILLER COMPLEX. (7.6 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

DESCRIPTION THIS RANGE HAS 6 LANES; LANES 2-5 HAVE TARGETS OUT TO 1500M.

TYPE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

25MM, .50 CAL., 7.62MM, and 5.56MM

TARGET REQUIREMENTS PROVIDED ON THE RANGE FIRING LINE 6 FIRING POINTS-EITHER GROUND OR VEHICLE MOUNTED

WEAPONS. GENERAL DIRECTION OF FIRE

283 DEGREES MAGNETIC

RIGHT LIMIT RED/WHITE PANEL LEFT LIMIT BLACK/WHITE PANEL MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE MAXIMUM TRAJECTORY PER AMMUNITION LATRINE FACILITIES YES-IN THE CLASSROOM BUILDING ON NORTH GETTYSBURG

ROAD PORTABLE TOILETS MAY BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.

TARGET BLDG YES AMMO SUPPLY POINT NO CLASSROOM YES-ACROSS NORTH GETTYSBURG ROAD. TWO EACH, WITH

40 PERSON CAPACITY. RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG

AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

AS REQUIRED TO PREVENT PERSONNEL FROM ADVANCING AHEAD OF THE FIRING LINE.

RESTRICTIONS THIS RANGE CAN ONLY BE FIRED FROM THE ESTABLISHED FIRING LINE. IF THE B-1 RANGE IS FIRING, NO PERSONNEL ARE ALLOWED TO GO WEST OF THE FIRING LINE.

REMARKS IF TARGET MAINTENANCE IS REQUIRED DURING RANGE OPERATIONS, B-1 AND THE UAC MUST BE PLACED INTO CHECKFIRE STATUS PRIOR TO ANY DOWNRANGE MOVEMENT. FOR TARGETRY PROBLEMS CALL ATS, 320-616-3132/3133 UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

141

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

142

EAST RANGE (ERG) MULTI-PURPOSE TRAINING RANGE

LOCATION UM 895135-LOCATED IN THE E.B. MILLER COMPLEX ON NORMANDY ROAD. (6.7 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

DESCRIPTION THIS RANGE OFFERS TANK AND BFV QUALIFICATION TABLES IV-XII. THE RANGE CAN SUPPORT A MLRS OPAREA.

TYPE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

120 MM, 25 MM, 20 MM, TOW (inert), 50 CAL., 7.62 MM, 5.56 MM.

TARGET REQUIREMENTS DOUBLE E SILHOUETTES AND ARMOR TARGETS. FIRING LINE 4 MANEUVER LANES, 16 DEFENSE POSITIONS & FIRING

POINTS. GENERAL DIRECTION OF FIRE

3 DEGREES MAGNETIC

RIGHT LIMIT VARIOUS TRPS WITH ORANGE ARROW. LEFT LIMIT VARIOUS TRPS WITH ORANGE ARROW. MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE 5° FOR TANKS, 15° FOR BFVs, AND MAX ORDINATE FOR .50 CAL.

AND BELOW. LATRINE FACILITIES YES-IN THE CLASSROOM

PORTABLE TOILETS MAY BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.

TARGET BLDG YES AMMO SUPPLY POINT YES CLASSROOM YES-40 PERSON CAPACITY RANGE FREQUENCIES ADMIN: 47.80

FIRING: 30.50 RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE UPPER TOWER FIELD PHONE: 7095 LOWER TOWER FIELD PHONE: 7096 CLASSROOM FIELD PHONE: 7068 UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG

AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE

INTERIOR RANGE CONTROL

USING UNIT WILL POST GATE GUARD AT THE TOWER GATE WHEN THE RANGE IS HOT.

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

AS NEEDED ELSEWHERE AROUND THE RANGE PERIMETER

RESTRICTIONS NORMANDY ROAD CLOSED. ALTERNATE ROUTE IS SOUTH (OR NORTH) ON CODY ROAD, TO LLANO GRANDE, TO THE RANGE ROAD. AMMO SUPPLY POINT AND REFUELING POINT MUST BE SEPARATED BY AT LEAST 300 METERS.

REMARKS TARGET MATRIX MUST BE SUBMITTED TO RANGE CONTROL 120 DAYS IN ADVANCE. UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

143

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

144

CENTER RANGE (CRG)

MULTI-PURPOSE MACHINE GUN RANGE LOCATION CONTROL TOWER-UM885125.

MACHINEGUN FIRING POINT-UM 884136. (7.7 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL ON NORMANDY ROAD)

DESCRIPTION THIS RANGE CONSISTS OF A MULTI-PURPOSE MACHINEGUN QUALIFICATION COURSE (INCLUDING SNIPER RIFLES).

TYPE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

5.56MM, 7.62MM, .50 CAL

TARGET REQUIREMENTS DOUBLE E SILHOUETTE OR PORTABLE TARGET STANDS FIRING LINE 6 MACHINEGUN LANES AT THE FIRING POINT NORTH OF

NORMANDY RD. LANES 3 AND 4 HAVE TARGETS AT 1000 METERS. LANES 1 AND 6 HAVE 1500 METER TARGETS.

GENERAL DIRECTION OF FIRE

3 DEGREES MAGNETIC

RIGHT LIMIT FLOURESCENT ORANGE PANEL LEFT LIMIT FLOURESCENT GREEN PANEL MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE MAXIMUM ORDINATE FOR MACHINEGUNS LATRINE FACILITIES LATRINES LOCATED WITHIN THE CLASSROOM.

PORTABLE TOILETS MAY BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.

TARGET BLDG NO AMMO SUPPLY POINT NO CLASSROOM YES- TA 23; GRID LOCATION UM 88291202 RANGE FREQUENCIES ADMIN: 51.45

FIRING:38.00 RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. TELEPHONE: 3137/3134 UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG POLE

AT THE MAIN TOWER, AND ON NORMANDY ROAD

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

N / A

RESTRICTIONS NORMANDY ROAD IS CLOSED WHEN UTILIZING THE MANUEVER LANES SOUTH OF NORMANDY ROAD.

REMARKS TOWER OPERATOR IS PROVIDED BY AUTOMATED TARGET SYSTEMS (ATS) IF REQUESTED. TARGETRY PROBLEMS CALL ATS, PHONE # 3132/3133. UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

RANGE IS CURRENTLY UNDER CONSTRUCTION

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

145

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

146

WEST RANGE (WRG) MULTI-PURPOSE MACHINE GUN RANGE/HEAVY SNIPER LANE

LOCATION UM 865145-INTERSECTION OF NORMANDY ROAD AND BATAAN ROAD. (9.7 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

DESCRIPTION This range is used to train and test Soldiers on the skills necessary to zero, detect, identify, engage, and defeat stationary and moving infantry targets along with stationary armor targets in a tactical array using the M249 squad automatic weapon (SAW), M60 MG, M240B MG, MK19, M24 sniper weapon system, M110 semi-automatic sniper system and the M2 MG. Primary features include— 98 stationary infantry targets. 24 double target arm – stationary infantry targets. 24 moving infantry targets emplacements. 20 stationary armor targets. 10 firing lanes. 10 Target boots. 20 iron maiden targets Note: 26 stationary infantry emplacements are widened to support two target mechanisms. All targets are fully automated and the event-specific target scenario is computer-driven and scored from the tower. The range operating system is fully capable of providing immediate performance feedback to the using participants. Associated range operations and control facilities: Standard SAROCA facilities Requirement document: FM 3-22.27, FM 3-22.10, FM 3-22.65, FM 3-22.68 Additional information: Targets beyond 1,000 meters can be battery powered/radio controlled. All stationary/moving infantry target mechanisms are equipped with muzzle flash simulators. Target boots will be placed 10 meters from the baseline.

RANGE IS CURRENTLY UNDER CONSTRUCTION

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

147

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

148

TACTICAL TRAINING BASES (TTB)

INCLUDING COMBAT OUTPOSTS

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

149

NORTH RANGE ENTRY CONTROL POINT

(NRG ECP) LOCATION UM 93091673-WEST OF THE CODY ROAD/EAST BOUNDARY

ROAD INTERSECTION. (7.6 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL) DESCRIPTION ENTRY CONTROL POINT TRAINING TYPE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

BLANKS ONLY

LATRINE FACILITIES IN CLASSROOM BUILDING, OR PORTABLE TOILETS MAY BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.

CLASSROOM/MESSHALL FACILITIES

YES: 2 CLASSROOMS-40 PERSON CAPACITY EACH

RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: MAY BE HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED, BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

RESTRICTIONS UNIT WILL NOT CLOSE NORTH GETTYSBURG ROAD WHEN CREATING A TEMPORARY TACTICAL TRAINING BASE. OTHER UNITS MUST BE ALLOWED EASE OF ACCESS TO B-1, NORTH, AND B-2 RANGES; AND WILL NOT BE SUBJECTED TO ANY SCENARIO TRAINING BEING CONDUCTED BY THE OCUPPYING UNIT.

REMARKS UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

150

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

151

Y-1 POW CAMP/TACTICAL TRAINING BASE

LOCATION UM 936079-LOCATED ON ARGONNE ROAD. (1.0 MILE FROM RANGE CONTROL)

DESCRIPTION THIS SITE PROVIDES TRAINING ON HANDLING AND CONTROLLING PRISONERS OF WAR, OR DETENTION OF PERSONNEL IN A SECURED ENVIRONMET. COMPOUND CONSISTS OF FENCED AREAS WITH TOWER PLATFORMS AND TIN HUTS. THE RANGE CAN ALSO BE UTILIZED AS A COMBAT OUTPOST.

TYPE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

SIMUNITIONS, BLANK AMMUNITION, AND PYROTECHNICS

CLASSROOM NO LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY

AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130. RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED, BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG

N/A

RESTRICTIONS NO GRAY WATER DUMPING OR MKTs ALLOWED ON THIS RANGE

REMARKS UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

152

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

153

Y-2 EAST

TACTICAL TRAINING BASE LOCATION UM 90560539 AND UM 89730600-LOCATED ON BULL RUN AND

SHILOH ROADS, IN TA 3. (3.8 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL) DESCRIPTION COMPOUND PERIMETERS ARE HESCO BASKET WALLS.

INFRASTRUCTURE INCLUDES 2 ECPs EACH, TOWER PLATFORMS, AND TIN HUTS. RANGE ALSO HAS AN OE-254 ANTENNA MAST AND “BIG VOICE/SIREN” SPEAKER SYSTEM.

TYPE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

SIMUNITIONS, BLANK AMMUNITION, AND PYROTECHNICS

CLASSROOM NO LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY

AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130. RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED, BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG

N/A

RESTRICTIONS REMARKS GRAY WATER FACILITIES ARE IN PLACE FOR MKTs AND

SHOWERING. OBTAIN THE WRENCH FROM RANGE CONTROL. UNITS MUST CALL RANGE CONTROL FOR PUMPING GRAY WATER. UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

(SEE MAP ON PAGE A-158)

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

154

Y-2 WEST TACTICAL TRAINING BASE

LOCATION UM 90560539 AND UM 89730600-LOCATED ON BULL RUN AND SHILOH ROADS, IN TA 3. (3.8 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

DESCRIPTION COMPOUND PERIMETERS ARE HESCO BASKET WALLS. INFRASTRUCTURE INCLUDES 2 ECPs EACH, TOWER PLATFORMS, AND TIN HUTS. RANGE ALSO HAS AN OE-254 ANTENNA MAST AND “BIG VOICE/SIREN” SPEAKER SYSTEM.

TYPE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

SIMUNITIONS, BLANK AMMUNITION, AND PYROTECHNICS

CLASSROOM NO LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY

AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130. RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED, BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG

N/A

RESTRICTIONS REMARKS GRAY WATER FACILITIES ARE IN PLACE FOR MKTs AND

SHOWERING. OBTAIN THE WRENCH FROM RANGE CONTROL. UNITS MUST CALL RANGE CONTROL FOR PUMPING GRAY WATER. UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

(SEE MAP ON PAGE A-158)

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

155

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

156

Y-4 TACTICAL TRAINING BASE

LOCATION UM 95462646-LOCATED ON CHORWAN ROAD, IN TA 64. (14 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL)

DESCRIPTION COMPOUND HAS ELECTRIC POWER INSTALLED. PERIMETER STYLE IS DIRT BERM. GRAY WATER DRAIN FIELD AND MAINTENANCE PADS ARE INSTALLED. UNIT WILL HAVE TO SUPPLY TENTAGE TO SIMULATE BUILDINGS. OE-254 ANTENNA MAST IS LOCATED ON THE IED-D LANE.

TYPE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED

SIMUNITIONS, BLANK AMMUNITION, AND PYROTECHNICS

CLASSROOM NO LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY

AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130. RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED, BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG

N/A

RESTRICTIONS N/A REMARKS GRAY WATER FACILITIES ARE IN PLACE FOR MKTs AND

SHOWERING. OBTAIN THE WRENCH FROM RANGE CONTROL. UNITS MUST CALL RANGE CONTROL FOR PUMPING GRAY WATER. UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

157

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

1

TAB B

RISK MANAGEMENT Appendix B offers the current form used to calculate the risk involved in any training exercise. All personnel in leadership positions should be familiar with Composite Risk Management (CRM) Worksheet (DA Form 7566) procedures. Leaders are encouraged to use these forms along with common sense to determine the risk and safety of all exercises. A CRM is required to be turned into Range Control prior to going down range and is a requirement for all downrange activities. On live-fire ranges it is an inspectable item that Range Control personnel look for while conducting safety inspections.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

2

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

3

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

4

TAB C

ACCIDENT AND INCIDENT REPORTING

These forms are designed to aid Range Control in the investigation of accidents and

incidents. Use them as a general guideline to follow. Complete all areas and questions that apply.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

5

RANGE ACCIDENT/INCIDENT CHECKLIST

Vehicle / Barrier / Training Area DATE_______________________ 1. Notify Range Control: SINCGARS 36.100, Motorola radio, or Telephone 320-616-3137/3134. 2. Report the nature of accident/incident and have information available. Vehicle accident/incident Date and time of incident: _____________________________________________________ Type of accident/incident: _____________________________________________________ Personnel injured: Yes No Vehicle damage: Yes No Grid: ______________________________________________________ Activity being conducted: _____________________________________________________ Name of individual and unit reporting: ___________________________________________ Barrier breach Barrier # ____________or Grid:_______________ Damaged: Yes No Date and time of incident: _____________________________________________________ Duration in area: ____________________________________________________________ Number and type of vehicles involved: ___________________________________________ Number of personnel involved: _________________________________________________ Name and unit of individual in charge: ___________________________________________ Damage to Training Area or property Damage was caused by: Tracked Vehicle Wheeled Vehicle Troop use Fire Other _______________________ Training Area #_______ and Grid_______________________________ Approximate amount of damage:________________________________ Engineer equipment required: YES NO TYPE:____________________ Personnel reporting and unit.: __________________________________________________ 3. Stand by for instructions from Range Control. 4. If accident/incident warrants investigation, Range Control may request unit to submit ATS Form 285-AB-R (Accident/Incident Report). See page C-5.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

6

RANGE INCIDENT CHECKLIST

Indirect Fire 1. Immediately place the firing point in Cease Fire Freeze status. 2. All personnel will fall away from weapons without changing settings. 3. Notify Range Control on SINCGARS 36.100 immediately and give the following information: Name of unit. ______________________________________________________ Grid location of weapon round was fired from _____________________________ Type and size of round ______________________________________________ Azimuth, Elevation, and Charge _______________________________________ Round was: Out of Safe Unobserved Name and Rank of person reporting incident _____________________________ 4. OIC investigates to determine: Personnel injured _______________________________________________ Equipment Damage _____________________________________________ General direction (out of limit) that weapon was fired ____________________ Number of rounds fired ___________________________________________ Personnel were forward of established firing position Number of personnel forward of firing position _________________________ Reason forward of position ________________________________________ 5. Stand by for instructions from Range Control investigating. 6. If accident/incident warrants investigation, Range Control may request unit to submit ATS Form 285-AB-R (Accident/Incident Report). See page C-5. 7. Firing will be resumed upon approval from Range Control.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

7

RANGE INCIDENT CHECKLIST

Direct Fire 1. Immediately place the firing point in Cease Fire Freeze status. 2. All personnel will fall away from weapons without changing settings. 3. Notify Range Control: SINCGARS 36.100, Motorola radio, or Telephone 320-616-3137/3134: Range Designation: ______________________________________________ Name of unit: ___________________________________________________ Name and rank of person reporting incident: __________________________ Type of incident: ________________________________________________ OIC investigation results: _________________________________________ 4. OIC investigates to determine: Personnel injured _______________________________________________ Equipment Damage _____________________________________________ General direction (out of limit) that weapon was fired ____________________ Number of rounds fired ___________________________________________ Personnel were forward of established firing position Number of personnel forward of firing position _________________________ Reason forward of position ________________________________________ 5. Stand by for instructions from Range Control. 6. If accident/incident warrants investigation, Range Control may request unit to submit ATS Form 285-AB-R (Accident/Incident Report). See page C-5. 7. Firing will resume upon approval from Range Control.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

8

ACCIDENT / INCIDENT REPORT (Items derived from DA Form 285-AB-R JUL 94)

1. DATE / TIME OF ACCIDENT / INCIDENT (1):_____________________________________________ 2. UNIT (5):__________________________________________________________ 3. LOCATION OF ACCIDENT / INCIDENT (6):______________________________________________ 4. MISSION (BRIEF DESCRIPTION) (8):___________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ 5. INDIVIDUAL(S) INVOLVED (11): NAME (LAST, FIRST, MI) SOCIAL SEC. # GRADE SEX AGE 6. WERE PERSONNEL HOSPITALIZED? (21) YES / NO (CIRCLE ONE) 7. DESCRIBE ACCIDENT/INCIDENT (24):_________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ 8. WAS ACCIDENT / INCIDENT CAUSED BY (CIRCLE ALL THAT APPLY) (37): LEADER TRAINING STANDARDS/PROCEDURES SUPPORT INDIVIDUAL DESCRIBE:__________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ 9. CORRECTIVE ACTIONS TAKEN OR PLANNED (40):______________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ 10. POC FOR INFORMATION ON ACCIDENT / INCIDENT (41):_______________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ (INCLUDE NAME, RANK, POSITION, UNIT, HOR, AND PHONE NUMBERS) (NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES ARE THE LINE ITEM NUMBER ON DA FORM 285-AB-R) ATS FORM 285-AB-R (DEC 2001)

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

1

TAB D

Range Control Contact Information EMERGENCY INFO

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

2

RANGE CONTROL CONTACT INFORMATION

SINCGARS RADIO FREQUENCIES PRIMARY 36.100 ALTERNATE 36.900 MOTOROLA HAND HELD CHANNEL 1 COMMERCIAL PHONE (320) 616-3134 CELL PHONE

(320) 412-6078 (320) 412-6075 STOP IN AT RANGE CONTROL TO PICK UP A COPY OF THE DAILY RANGE BULLETIN PRIOR TO GOING DOWN RANGE. IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY:

“DO NOT CALL 911!! CONTACT RANGE CONTROL” All MEDEVACs have radio net priority. All MEDEVACS will be initiated through Range Control, utilizing the CRTC MEDEVAC SOP. SECURITY: (320) 632-7375

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

3

TAB E

ZULU MAST Map

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

4

Mast Location Coordinates Z-1 Range Control Office UM 95370686 Z-2 A-1 UM 91990868 Z-3 Training Area 61 UM 95082437 Z-4 Training Area 64 UM 95512711 Z-5 Training Area 71 UM 88122886 Z-6 Training Area 69 UM 86802508 Z-7 OP 16 UM 90142468 Z-8 OP 15 UM 91332287 Z-9 Training Area 54 UM 87102204 Z-10 Training Area 40 UM 85381612 Z-11 OP 1 UM 91001464 Z-12 Range Control Office UM 95370686

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

1

TAB F

Improved Landing Areas Map

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

2

HELIPAD NO. GRID LOCATION. LATITUDE / LONGITUDE

X-1 UM 956054 (MUTF) 460534.05N 0942100.48W X-2 UM 935090 (TA 13) 460737.45N 0942240.89W

X-2A UM 922084 (TA 9) 460718.75N 0942345.62W X-3 UM 937125 (TA 28) 460924.73N 0942238.22W X-4 UM 924177 (TA 34) 461215.01N 0942238.22W X-5 UM 929229 (TA 58) 461502.10N 0942323.61W

X-5A UM 958273 (TA 64) 461726.31N 0942105.07W X-6 UM 882251 (TA 68) 461616.69N 0942703.63W

X-6A UM 884290 (TA 72) 461823.39N 0942659.90W X-7 UM 875221 (TA 55) 461426.74N 0942744.06W X-8 UM 855164 (TA 40) 461131.14N 0942904.33W X-9 UM 869136 (TA 40) 461000.12N 0942808.28W X-10 UM 890135 (TA 38) 460959.55N 0942618.52W

X-10A UM 902125 (TA 25) 460931.19N 0942521.69W X-11 UM 898061 (TA 3) 460559.65N 0942533.93W X-12 UM 941057 (Air Field) 460547.99N 0942212.14W

X-12A UM 954066 (Range Control) 460623.69N 0942111.90W

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

TAB G

Training Area Maps

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

2

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

3

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

1

TAB H

Drop Zones

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

2

ARNO DZ AIR DROP ZONE

LOCATION UM 873249-INTERSECTION OF KODIAK ROAD AND ARNO ROAD. 18.3 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL.

DESCRIPTION PROVIDES TRAINING ON AIR ASSAULT, AIRBORNE, AND LOGISTICAL SUPPORT OPERATIONS. DROP ZONE IS 1100M WIDE BY 1000M LONG.

FLIGHT PATH DIRECTION SOUTH TO NORTH LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MAY BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY

AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130. RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED. RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG POLE

N/A

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

DZ CREW IS RESPONSIBLE FOR LIMITING ACCESS TO THE DZ DURING AIRDROPS.

RESTRICTIONS AVOID OVERFLYING FARMS TO THE WEST OF THE DROP ZONE. PERSONAL FLOTATION DEVICES ARE REQUIRED FOR PERSONNEL DROPS, DUE TO NUMEROUS PONDS LOCATED WITHIN THE DZ.

REMARKS UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

3

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

4

KALAHAR DZ AIR DROP ZONE

LOCATION MILLER ARMY AIRFIELD DESCRIPTION PROVIDES TRAINING ON AIR ASSAULT, AIRBORNE, AND

LOGISTICAL SUPPORT OPERATIONS. DROP ZONE IS 600M WIDE BY 1577M LONG.

FLIGHT PATH DIRECTION SOUTHEAST TO NORTHWEST OR NORTHWEST TO SOUTHEAST LATRINE FACILITIES YES-INSIDE AIRFIELD OPERATIONS OFFICE

RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

NA-ALL COMMUNICATIONS ARE CONTROLLED BY MILLER ARMY AIRFIELD OPERATIONS OFFICE

AIRFIELD INFORMATION ASSAULT STRIP HAS 2’ X 6’ PANELS MARKING BOTH SIDES OF THE RUNWAY DOWN THE ENTIRE LENGTH. MAIN RUNWAY HAS 2’ TALL MARKER LIGHTS ON THE SHOULDERS, AS WELL AS NAVIGATION EQUIPMENT LOCATED AT VARIOUS POINTS ON THE AIRFIELD. UNIT MUST BRIEF JUMPERS ON THESE HAZARDS.

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

NA

RESTRICTIONS THE AIR FORCE RECOMMENDS SINGLE SHIP VISUAL DROPS AS THE DZ DOES NOT HAVE A SUFFICIENT WIDTH FOR FORMATIONS OR SKE DROPS. LEFT TRAFFIC IS RECOMMENDED TO AVOID ZMP R-4301 TO THE NORTH OF THE DZ. MUST ALSO AVOID OVERFLYING RANDALL, MN, WEST OF THE AIRFIELD. AIRCRAFT MUST USE ASSAULT STRIP TO ENSURE JUMPERS LAND SOUTH OF THE MAIN RUNWAY, TO AVOID AIRFIELD NAVIGATION EQUIPMENT NORTH OF THE RUNWAY.

REMARKS USE OF THIS DROP ZONE MUST BE COORDINATED THROUGH CAMP RIPLEY OPERATIONS, 133 AW, MILLER ARMY AIRFIELD OPERATIONS, AND CAMP RIPLEY RANGE CONTROL. UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

5

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

6

RIPLEY DZ AIR DROP ZONE

LOCATION UM 914135-NORTHEAST CORNER OF NORMANDY ROAD AND CODY ROAD INTERSECTION. 6.6 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL.

DESCRIPTION PROVIDES TRAINING ON AIR ASSAULT, AIRBORNE, AND LOGISTICAL SUPPORT OPERATIONS. DROP ZONE IS 1100 METERS WIDE BY 1100 METERS LONG.

GENERAL DIRECTION OF FLIGHT PATH

SOUTHWEST TO NORTHEAST.

LATRINE FACILITIES PORTABLE TOILETS MAY BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.

RANGE CONTROL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET. UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED, BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.

LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG POLE

N/A

LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD GUARDS

ALL FOUR ROAD/TRAIL INTERSECTIONS WILL BE BARRICADED ONE HOUR PRIOR TO TIME ON TARGET, TO ENSURE THAT THERE ARE NO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ON THE DZ. DZ CREW WILL CLOSE NORMANDY ROAD AT THE APPROPRIATE TIME.

RESTRICTIONS N/A REMARKS UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES

PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

7

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

1

TAB I

Authorized White Light Road Map

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

2

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

3

TAB J

Range Control Forms

Weapon Safety Certification Memo Range Pre-Operation Checklist

Camp Ripley Exception to Policy Request Camp Ripley Target Matrix

Request to Camp in the Field Training Area and/or Cantonment Explosive Ordnance Incident REPO

Request for Utilization of Camp Ripley - ATS 23

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

4

Weapon Safety Certification Memorandum Training Center Support Unit

National Guard Training and Community Center 15000 Highway 115

Little Falls, MN 56345-0150 MNAG-TCSU 1 January 2009 MEMORANDUM FOR: RANGE CONTROL, CAMP RIPLEY, LITTLE FALLS, MN SUBJECT: SAFETY CERTIFICATION 1. I certify that the following individuals have been trained, tested, and are weapons systems certified for the weapons indicated. 2.

NAME GRADE/ RANK

SSN- LAST FOUR

WEAPON SYSTEMS

Doe, John S. E-7/SFC XXXX M1A1, M2, M249, M9, Rappel Tower Smith, Robert E-6/SSG XXXX M16A1, M9 Johnson, Mark E-5/SGT XXXX M16A1, M9

JOHN T. HOME LTC, IN, MNARNG Battalion Commander

THIS IS A SAMPLE

The memorandum must include:

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

5

a. Grade/Rank requirements are found in Table 1-1, TAB K. ROTC Cadets, OCS Students, WOCs, or any Officer or Warrant Officer who has not completed OBC/WOBC are not authorized to be OICs or RSOs. b. The specific weapon system(s) that the individual has been certified on. c. The memorandum must be signed by an O-5 (O-4P) Commander or above.

RANGE PRE-OPERATION CHECKLIST The Range Pre-Operation Checklist can be used as a guide to ensure the basic requirements of this regulation are completed, prior to arrival at Camp Ripley, to conduct live-fire training. COMPLETED BY THE TRAINING SECTION: Range Assignment_______________________________ Date_________________ Time____________ Weapon(s) to be fired____________________________________________________ Course of fire__________________________________________________________ Number of personnel to fire______________ Number of rounds needed_________________ Coordination of transportation______________________________________________ COMPLETED BY THE COMPANY COMMANDER: OICs and RSOs have completed the Battalion Range Safety Certification program__________________ OICs and RSOs are weapon systems certified: YES / NO Weapon Safety Certification Memorandum sent to Range Control by the Battalion on________________ COMPLETED BY THE OFFICER IN CHARGE (OIC): Appoint a RSO (must be certified by the BN Commander)______________________________________ Appoint ARSOs as needed______________________________________________________________ Range Control Safety Briefing at Range Control is scheduled for_________________________________ Coordination for Medical Support has been completed_________________________________________ Coordination for Communication Equipment has been completed________________________________ Coordinated with Automated Target Systems for targets and materials, and has submitted any scenario changes prior to range usage_____________________________________________________ COMPLETED BY THE RANGE SAFETY OFFICER (RSO): Has a copy of the Camp Ripley Range Operations Appendix_______ Has a copy of all applicable FMs and TMs for the weapon systems being used_______ Has a range specific safety briefing prepared for firing and range support personnel________

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

6

Camp Ripley Exception to Policy Request UNIT:_______________________________ DATE:__________________________ MEMORANDUM FOR: Camp Ripley Range Control Office SUBJECT: Exception to Policy POLICY: EXCEPTION TO POLICY: DURATION OF THE EXCEPTION:________________________________________________________ REQUESTER’S PRINTED NAME, RANK, AND POSITION SIGNATURE 1. THE ABOVE REQUEST IS:_________APPROVED _________DISAPPROVED DATE:______________________________ 2. COMMENTS: ______________________________________________________ RANGE CONTROL OFFICER DISTRIBUTION:

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

7

REQUESTER-1 SHIFT SERGEANT-1

CAMP RIPLEY TARGET MATRIX

REFERENCE:TASK/ EVENT

NUMBERBATTLE

POSITION OR LANE #

AMMO DODIC

EXPOSURE TIME AND HITS

TO KILL

RANGE TO TARGETS

TARGET REQUIREMENTS

COMP STEP #TARGET AVAILABILITY PRIMARY/ALT

RANGE:UNIT:

RANGE DATES: FROM: TO:

GUNNERY TABLE:

PREPARED BY:

SDZ CREATED BY:

DATE:

DATE:

GROUND VERIFIED BY:

MATRIX VERIFIED BY:

DATE:

DATE:

LEFT LIMIT: RIGHT LIMIT:

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

8

REQUEST TO CAMP IN THE FIELD TRAINING AREA AND/OR CANTONMENT

I, ___________________________________________, am requesting to use the following (circle one):

Camp Commanders Cabin Ferrell Lake Rest Area #3 Sylvan Dam Recreation Area Round Lake Recreation Area w/FEMA Trailer (Please Circle): YES / NO Lake Alott Recreation Area w/FEMA Trailer (Please Circle): YES / NO Deparq Woods w/FEMA Trailer (Please Circle): YES / NO I will use the facility: From (Date/Time):___________________________ To (Date/Time):___________________________ I understand that white lights are not authorized during night driving except in the case of an emergency. I will follow the posted speed limit of 25 miles per hour and use seat belts when traveling. Furthermore, I understand that no alcohol of any kind is permitted in the Camp Ripley Field Training Area. I will call Range Control at 320-616-3137 prior to occupation to coordinate entrance to the training area. If Range Control is closed, I understand that I am responsible to sign for a key to the E Gate prior to departing from Range Control. I understand that failure to comply can result in a loss of privileges to use the facilities at Camp Ripley.

Contact Number: ______________________________________________________________________ Number of guests: _______________ Names of each guest:

Camp Fire (Yes/No): ____________ Signature: ___________________________________________ Printed Name: _______________________________________ Guard Unit: _________________________________________ Date of Request: ____________________ CAMP RIPLEY OPERATIONS OFFICE (OPS PERSONNEL ONLY) (Circle One) Approved / Disapproved Signature: ___________________________________________ Printed Name: ________________________________________ Range Control Notes:

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

9

EXPLOSIVE ORDNANCE INCIDENT REPO

Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation 01MAY13

1

REQUEST FOR UTILIZATION OF CAMP RIPLEY Original Request

ATS #

Change #______ to ATS #______

Unit: Unit Address: Date:

Commercial Phone:

Component: Point of Contact: DSN Phone:

UIC E-Mail Address:

Mission or Training Event:

Billeting Requirements: Troop Issue YES/NO and/or Maid Service Quarters YES/NO Housing (320)616-3138/3139/3140

EMAIL: Housing Manager: [email protected]/ Assistant Housing Manager [email protected] Units/Organizations requesting Maid Service Quarters will submit a Standard Name Line Roster (SNL) outlining

requirements to Camp Ripley, ATTN: JFMN-CRC-L Advance Party Main Body Preferred Area Other Buildings QTY

Date of Arrival: Date of Arrival: Maid Service: Headquarters Time of Arrival: Time of Arrival: Dining Facility Date of Departure: Date of Departure: Maintenance Shelter # Male Officers: # Male Officers: Medical # Female Officers: # Female Officers: Troop Issue: Supply # Male Enlisted: # Male Enlisted: Kitchen (list T-Bldg(s) below) # Female Enlisted: # Female Enlisted: Total Number Personnel: Total Number Personnel:

Education Center Resources YES/NO (Circle One) (List Date/Time/Duration of Training)

TACC Resources YES/NO (Circle One) (List Date/Time/Duration of Training)

SIZE QTY Date(s) Required Start/End Time ITEM QTY Date(s) Required Start/End Time Large (41-96) Small (11-20) Medium (21-40) TACC Kitchen Small (11-20) TACC Theater (204) Conference RM (1-10) TACC Gym

LCD Projector TACC Cafeteria (240)

Special Requests Miscellaneous Buildings/Equipment ITEM QTY Date(s) Required Start/End Time Copy Machine / Internet Access / IT Requests See Page 4-5 for Instructions

Recreation Center 35MM Projector PanoBoard ECF (See Page 2) Ripley Town Hall

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

2

Confirmations: Post Operations will send out a confirmation for Facilities, Ranges, and Training Areas. Confirmation of Buses, MILES, Supplies and Services, and Rations will be accomplished by each respective

agency.

RANGES/TRAINING AREAS Range Control (320)616-3137 SCHEDULING (320)616-2709

NOTE: Schedule Safety Briefing and submit Safety Orders to Range Control Personnel prior to Live Firing. Schedule Training Area Brief with Training Area Coordinator prior to Training Area usage. For automated

qualification ranges (A-2, A-3, A-4 and CRG) you need to write in the weapon/ammo section: Firing the standard army qualification scenario, non standard qualification scenario or if the targets are to be left on bob only. If you are requesting a non standard qualification scenario they need to provide a target matrix for that specific range.

**NOTE: NO ADDITIONS/CHANGES (EXCEPT CANCELLATIONS) TO LIVE FIRE RANGES 24 HOURS PRIOR TO FIRING DATE TIME

START/END RANGE/TRAINING

AREA REQUESTED WEAPON/

AMMO # PERS BIVOUAC

YES NO MAY??? 0800-1700 CRG---AUTO (means you want tower operator) .50cal ?? X

EQUIPMENT CLEANING FACILITY: Please fill out ECF Request Form and Submit to SFC Martin and SSG Yorek [email protected] & [email protected]

Start date/time: End date/time: Number and type(s) of weapons: SIMULATIONS SCHEDULING Circle

One DATE START TIME END TIME

MINI-RETS YES/NO EST 2000 (Engagement Skills Trainer) YES/NO HEAT (HMMWV Egress Assistance Trainer) YES/NO MET (MRAP Egress Trainer) YES/NO DFIRST - FLEXTRAIN YES/NO SMS YES/NO ROE (Rule of Engagement) YES/NO CFFT (Call for Fire Trainer) YES/NO VCOT (Virtual Convoy Operations Trainer) YES/NO M-1 SIMNET CCTT YES/NO M2A2 Mobile SIMNET CCTT YES/NO STS (Sniper Training System) YES/NO

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

3

LMTS (Laser Marksmanship Training System)**

YES/NO

MGTS (Machine Gun Training System)** YES/NO LCCATS(Laser Convoy Counter Ambush Training System)**

YES/NO

VBS2 (Virtual Battlefield System) YES/NO IED KIT YES/NO ** These items are drawn from the MILES Warehouse Bldg 10-65 NOTE: OPERATOR WILL BE PROVIDED FOR FLEXTRAIN, CCTT, HEAT, MET, AND VBS2 FOR SCHEDULING INSTRUCTOR/OPERATION TRAINING CONTACT TADSS FACILITATOR SSG YOREK @320-616-3129 AVIATION REQUIREMENTS Air Operations (320)616-2778 N/A Number and type of aircraft: Remarks (to include Aviation POC and Phone #) SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS (if any) Check all that apply TOWER MEDEVAC CRASH RESCUE FUEL TRUCK POL CLASS III---Questions? Call the POL Office at (320)616-3001/3002 or E-mail: [email protected] Dates Required: POL Pt #1 (Mates) POL Pt #2 (Area 9)

No tracked Vehicles POL Pt #3 (Area 7) No tracked Vehicles

Bulk Fuel JP-8(AVN) JP-8(GRD) MOGAS

SUPPLY & SERVICES DIVISION---Questions? Call SSD at (320)616-3128 or e-mail MSG Flahave [email protected] (Listing of Equipment Available @ Logistics http://www.minnesotanationalguard.org/campripley/index.php)

N/A PICK-UP DATE/TIME: TURN-IN DATE/TIME:

QTY UI NOMENCLATURE QTY UI NOMENCLATURE Name of individual to sign for equipment:

Must be on DA Form 1687

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

4

MILES REQUIREMENTS To request MILES go here: Miles Request Memorandum Contact for MILES Phone: (320)616-3170 DSN: 871-3170 E-Mail: [email protected]

AMMO/CLASS V PHONE: (320)632-7338 DSN: 871-7338 E-MAIL: [email protected] or [email protected] Circle One Will Ammunition items (Class V) be required while at Camp Ripley? YES NO If yes, have forecasts and DA 581’s been forwarded thru command channels? YES NO (Must coordinate with ASP NLT Thirty (30) days prior to training dates.)

MORALE WELFARE RECREATION (MWR) DIVIDEND CHECK Units in Annual Training (AT) status are authorized MWR dividend. To request MWR you need to fill out an ATS Form 39 (Strength Report/Request for Morale Support Fund Dividends) and turn it into NGMN-CRB PHONE: (320)616-3171 DSN: 871-3171 E-MAIL: [email protected]

CONTRACT DINING FACILITY PHONE: (320)632-7431 DSN: 871-7431 E-Mail: [email protected] Link to Contract Dining Facility Request

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) REQUIREMENTS (INTERNET ACCESS / LONG DISTANCE CALLING / COPY MACHINES)

Internet Access for Non-Minnesota National Guard Organizations: 1). Verify your reserved building/room is internet capable – Internet Capable Buildings You may need to schedule a different building to accommodate your unit/agencies needs. 2.) Contact the Camp Ripley IMO - CW2 Bjerke at (320) 616-2702 no less than 15 days prior to arrival date at Camp Ripley. Failure to contact the Camp Ripley IMO at least 15 days in advance of arrival at Camp Ripley will result in denial of internet access. Copy Machine requirements for Non-Minnesota National Guard Organizations: Please contact SGM Vance England @ (651) 268-8885 for assistance in procuring a copy machine from a local vendor. Phone/Long Distance Calling capabilities for Non-Minnesota National Guard Organizations: Local, DSN, and on-post calling capabilities are available in troop issue buildings. Please bring calling cards if you need to make long distance calls. VTC/DLN Sites and Computer Lab requirements for Non-Minnesota National Guard: Contact the Camp Ripley IMO at (320) 616-2702 **Information Technology requirements for MN National Guard Organizations** MN ARNG units must request copy machines and/or all IT requirements (i.e. Network Connectivity in buildings) through their organizations IMO as a J6 Work Order. Please be aware that Camp Ripley has a limited number of buildings that are internet capable. You may need to schedule a different building to accommodate your units needs. You will need to provide your IMO with:

1.) Building numbers where copy machine and/or IT requirements are required 2.) Dates of training 3.) Number of computer systems, printers and copy machines required 4.) POC’s 5.)

VTC/DLN Sites and Computer Lab requirements for Minnesota National Guard Organizations: Please click here to schedule a VTC/DLN site or reserve a Computer Lab

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

5

RADIO FREQUENCIES MNARNG units get frequency assignment through channels for 34th ID. Non-MNARNG units that require radio frequencies of any type for use while training at Camp Ripley need to contact: SFC Patrick Painschab, (651)282-4197 or E-MAIL: [email protected]

BUSES Call Traffic Manager (320)616-2680/2681 www.dma.state.mn.us In the drop down menu go to Internal Use Only; JFHQ-MN; J-Staff; J4 Logistics; Transportation; Bus Request Form Note: Convoy Requests (DD Form 1265) must still be submitted to MNAG-LOG-T 90 days prior to movement

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

TAB K

Range Control TABLES RC Table 1-1 OIC/RSO Requirements

RC Table Declinations RC Table Medical Requirements

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

2

Range Control Table 1-1 Officer-in-charge and range safety officer requirements

Weapon System OIC1 RSO1 OFF WO NCO OFF WO NCO

Practice hand grenades; sub-caliber devices; laser devices; firing devices; simulators and trip flares; small arms and machine guns; and over-water/ice crossing operations8

X X E-6 X X E-5

Chemical agents and smoke2 X X E-6 X X E-5 Aerial gunnery & air defense weapons; live grenades, grenade launchers, and grenade machine guns; live mines & demolitions; tanks and fighting vehicle cannons

X X E-7 X X E-6

Field Artillery3 X X E-7 X X E-6 Mortars X X E-6 X X E-64 Air defense artillery rockets and guided missiles X X X X5 Direct fire anti-tank rockets and missiles X X E-7 X X E-6 Live-fire exercises using organic weapons, squad through company, battery, troop X X E-7 X X E-7

CALFEX/CAX using outside fire support, battery, squad, platoon, company; or battalion and larger6

X X E-7 X X E-6

Rappel Tower (see NOTE below) X X E-7 X X E-5 Sniper Known Distance8 X X E-6 X X E-5 Sniper Fire and Maneuver8 X X E-7 X X E-6 Reflexive Fire8 X X E-7 X X E-6

ROTC Cadets, OCS students, and WOCs are not authorized to perform the duties of OIC and RSO on any live-fire ranges. Officers and WOs that have not completed OBC/WOBC are not authorized to be OICs or RSOs on any live-fire ranges. Rappel Tower OIC/RSO requirements, per TC 21-24, dated 09 JAN 2008: a. Ground and Wall-side Tower Rappelling: A fully qualified Rappel Safety Officer (RSO) (E-7 or above) may act as the Rappel Master and range OIC. The Rappel Lane NCO (E-5 or above) will be the range RSO. b. Helicopter Skid Rappelling: A Fully Qualified Rappel Safety Officer (E7 or above) will be the range OIC. A Fully Qualified Rappel Master will be the range RSO. The OIC cannot be the RSO as well. Notes: Civilians in the grade of GS-07 and above, or equivalent, may act as OIC; GS-05 and above, or equivalent, may act as RSO. 2 For the Marine Corps, OIC and RSO must be E-4 and above and be chemical, biological, radiological, and nuclear (CBRN) MOS 5702/5711 when conducting CBRN or smoke training. For the Army, OIC and RSO must be CBRN qualified when conducting CBRN and smoke training. 3 Use of E-7s as OICs is authorized only when approved by the senior commander (Army)/installation commander (Marine Corps). Either the battery executive officer or the platoon leader normally performs duties of the RSO. 4 RSO for the Marine Corps can be E-5 for mortar training activities. 5 SRO will be a CW3, CW03, or higher or civilian in the grade of GS-11 or above 6 For battalion or larger CALFEX/CAX, OIC will be a filed grade officer; exercise RSO will be E-7 or above 7 ROTC Cadets, OCS students, and WOCs are not authorized to perform the duties of OIC and RSO on any live-fire ranges. Officers and WOs that have not completed OBC/WOBC are not authorized to be OICs or RSOs on any live-fire ranges. 8 CRTC specific requirements for Sniper, Reflexive Fire, and water/ice training events

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

3

DECLINATION STATIONS ON CAMP RIPLEY Range Control Table DECLINATIONs All aiming circles must be declinated prior to use when laying indirect fire weapon systems. The following declination stations are located at: a. STATION 1 UM 95780531 Located in Cantonment Area 8, in front of the TMC b. STATION 2 UM 88022470 Located in Training Area 68, SE of the intersection of Kodiak road and

Easy street c. STATION 3 UM 88441104 Located in Training 18, west of Manilla Road d. STATION 4 UM 90991474 Located on the east side of Firing Point 2 on J Range

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

4

MEDICAL SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS Range Control Table MEDICAL REQUIREMENTS

Weapon system/Operational activity CLS/1st responder Certified Medic/EMT

Practice hand grenades; sub-caliber devices; laser devices; firing devices; simulators and trip flares; small arms and machine guns; and over-water/ice crossing operations

X

Non-Live Fire Ranges and Training Areas1 X Driving Training Courses X Chemical agents and smoke X Live Fire Shoot House X Aerial gunnery & air defense weapons; live grenades, grenade launchers, and grenade machine guns; live mines & demolitions; tanks and fighting vehicle cannons

X

Airborne Operations for Personnel Drops ONLY X Field Artillery X Mortars X Air defense artillery rockets and guided missiles X Direct fire anti-tank rockets and missiles X Live-fire exercises using organic weapons, squad through company, battery, troop X

CALFEX/CAX using outside fire support, battery, squad, platoon, company; or battalion and larger6 X

Rappel Tower X Sniper Known Distance X Sniper Fire and Maneuver X Reflexive Fire X 1 Except for Rappel Tower which requires a Medic/EMT with backboard and C Collar

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

5

TAB L

Suspense Dates

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

6

SUSPENSE DATES

SUSPENSE DESCRIPTION PAGE

REFERENCE

90 DAYS An Initial SIGNED copy of an CRM/ORM MUST be submitted to Range Control NLT 90 days prior to the training event (i.e. live-fire, simunitions training, rappelling, water operations, and aerial operations).

1.4.4

90 DAYS REQUEST USE OF RANGES AND TRAINING AREAS 1.7.1

90 DAYS

For ALL Un-Established ranges, DEMO ranges, and/or Live-Fire Exercises: OPLANS; DEMO Plans with Wiring Diagrams; Target Scenarios; Target Matrices; Composite Risk Management Worksheet (DA Form 7566)s must be submitted to Range Control NLT 90 days prior to range usage.

1.7.3

90 DAYS COORDINATE USE OF HE HAND GRENADES 5.2.1

90 DAYS

NLT 90 days prior, units must schedule the Training Area that their stationary Firing Point(s) [FP(s)] and/or Hip-Shoot missions will be located in, and the Impact Area they will be firing into. This will give Range Control the time to draw, verify, and approve the Surface Danger Zones (SDZs) for the requested Firing Points (FPs). Information necessary for Range Control to produce SDZ’s for Mortar units – TFT’s for your weapon system, Mortar size and Ammo to be fired from the firing point.

9.1.2

90 DAYS Units will submit a Hip-Shoot Mission OPLAN and Risk Management Worksheet NLT 90 days prior to Range Control for review and approval.

9.3.1

90 DAYS The LRAD must be approved through Range Control 14.2.7,g)

90 DAYS Unit requests the CLFX NLT 90 days prior to range usage, utilizing ATS Form 23 17.12.3

90 DAYS Request Breach Facility Doors and Windows with 15.11.7

30 DAYS Coordinate use of RIOT Control Agents with Range Control 13.2.1 30 DAYS Coordinate Aerial Disbursement of Chemical Agents with RC 13.5

72 HOURS REQUEST RANGE CHANGES/ADDITIONS WITH RANGE CONTROL (NEED TO SUBMIT EXCEPTION TO POLICY MEMO IF CHANGES ARE NEEDED WITHIN 72 HOURS)

1.7.4

72 HOURS REQUEST WEAPON SYSTEM CHANGES/ADDITIONS WITH RANGE CONTROL (NEED TO SUBMIT EXCEPTION TO POLICY MEMO IF CHANGES ARE NEEDED WITHIN 72 HOURS)

1.7.4

72 HOURS

Military units are required to utilize SINCGARS as their Primary form of communication. An Exception to Policy Request must be submitted by the Unit Commander to Range Control NLT 72 hours prior to range/training area usage. All means of acquiring SINCGARS capability must be attempted prior to authorizing the use of Motorola radios.

1.15.3

72 HOURS REQUEST CHANGES TO AUTOMATED RANGE SCENARIOS WITH AUTOMATED TARGET SYSTEMS 4.7.1,b)

72 HOURS CONDUCT WALK THRU OF CALFEX OR NON-STANDARD LIVE-FIRE EXERCISES WITH RANGE CONTROL 17.8.3

48 HOURS Coordinate Convoy Movements and Road Marches 1.14.2,a),4) 48 HOURS SUBMIT POV EXCEPTION TO POLICY REQUEST 1.9.3 48 HOURS SUBMIT WHITE LIGHT EXCEPTION TO POLICY REQUEST 1.10.2 48 HOURS COORDINATE NVD DRIVERS TRAINING 1.10.3 48 HOURS COORDINATE BLOCKING OF ROADS AND TRAILS 1.13.4 48 HOURS REQUEST SMOKE GENERATOR AND SMOKE POT USE 13.4.1

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

7

TAB M

Range Control Equipment Support

2013 CRTC Range Regulation 19 July 2013

8

TARGETRY Units shall contact Range Control in advance to request targets. This may be done via email or phone call. Go to this link to fill out the request or to review what targets are on hand at RC: http://ngmnsp2010/CRTC/OPS/Range/default.aspx Units who fail to request in advance may be required to wait for RC availability to pull targets. For any targets that are not listed, please send a NSN, and RC will do it’s best to get the targets. EQUIPMENT AVAILABLE FOR USE

a. Staplers b. Staples c. Range Flag (for use for Live Fire and Simunitions) d. Motorola’s (Exception to Policy is required for Military units to utilize e. M9 Magazines d. M16/M4 Magazines NOTE: Magazines are issued out from RC, they are not on the range. f. Bullhorns g. Concertina Wire h. Pickets i. Sandbags NOTE: You may be required to fill sandbags yourself j. Backboard and C-Collars k. FM’s and TM’s (We only have certain weapons systems to issue out) l. Safety Paddles Some equipment you will sign for with at RC or Opening of the Range. Make sure you

verify that all the equipment is present at the range annotated on the range hand receipt. (some of the items that may be at the range, tables, chairs, fire extinguishers, etc.)